Coupling Shear Wall
description
Transcript of Coupling Shear Wall
UNIVERSITY OF CINCINNATI Date:___________________
I, _________________________________________________________, hereby submit this work as part of the requirements for the degree of:
in:
It is entitled:
This work and its defense approved by:
Chair: _______________________________ _______________________________ _______________________________ _______________________________ _______________________________
Performance Based Design of a 15 Story Reinforced Concrete Coupled
Core Wall Structure
By
Gang Xuan
Bachelor of Science, Tongji University, China, 1999
Master of Science, Tongji University, China, 2002
Submitted in Partial Fulfillment of the Requirements for the Degree of Master of Science
in the Department of Civil and Environmental Engineering
College of Engineering
University of Cincinnati
Nov 2005
Dr. Bahram M. Shahrooz
Department of Civil and Environmental
Engineering
Director of Thesis
Dr. T. Michael Baseheart
Department of Civil and Environmental
Engineering
Thesis Committee Member
Dr. Gian A. Rassati
Department of Civil and Environmental
Engineering
Thesis Committee Member
Abstract
The reinforced concrete coupled core wall (CCW) structures have been widely used
in the medium to high-rise buildings due to their advantages both in the architectural and
structural aspects. The structures not only accommodate the versatile architectural needs,
but provide large lateral load resistance to withstand earthquake and wind.
The design of CCWs is typically based on the traditional strength-based method,
which is the basis of current codes. However, the resulting extremely high shear stresses
in coupling beams have been a long-lasting difficulty associated with the use of
strength-based methods for seismic design of CCWs. The performance-based design
(PBD) method, as a solution to the aforementioned problem, has been recently proposed
in an attempt to capture the expected behavior of CCW buildings subjected to ground
motions, while producing safe and constructible buildings.
In this thesis, a 15-story reinforced CCW office building was initially designed by
using the strength-based design method. The resulting high shear stresses in beams
exceed the code limits, and no suitable design could be found unless unrealistic measures
such as artificial reduction of beam stiffness are used to lower the demands. Subsequently,
the PBD method was applied as an alternative to the same building. The coupling beams
and wall piers were designed with acceptable internal forces below the code limits. As
necessary, the design provisions form NEHRP 2000, ACI 318-02, and FEMA 356 were
used. An analytical model was developed to generate the force-deformation
characteristics of diagonally reinforced concrete coupling beams. This model was
calibrated based on experimental data from previous studies on coupling beams. Using
this model and prior experience with modeling of wall piers, a detailed analytical model
of the 15-story prototype was conducted. The applicability and validity of the PBD
method used in this study were demonstrated through nonlinear static and dynamic
analyses of the prototype structure.
Acknowledgements
First of all, I would like to show my thankfulness and appreciations to my supervisor,
Dr. Bahram M. Shahrooz, for more than two years advising and tutoring. His valuable
comments and stimulating suggestions always help me keep on the right track and
proceed to the finale of the research program. Furthermore, his devotion to research and
great responsibility for high quality work have placed deep influences on me to
understand the ethics and principles of a good engineer, which will surely benefit my
future work. Again, I would thank him for all the time and efforts he provided in advising,
discussing, and revising my research work.
Secondly, I would like to thank Dr. Baseheart and Dr. Rassati. As the thesis
committee members, they put valuable time in reviewing my thesis and providing helpful
comments.
I would also thank Dr. Patrick Fortney for his great supports to my research work.
He is a wonderful colleague and always ready to provide me a discussion whenever I met
a problem in the research work.
Finally, I would like to give my sincere and special thankfulness to my parents and
sister for their long time and constant supports, understanding, and cares.
Table of Contents
List of Tables.................................................................................................................v
List of Figures .............................................................................................................vii
Chapter 1 Introduction .................................................................................................1
1.1 Notations .........................................................................................................1
1.2 Reinforced Concrete Coupled Core Wall System...........................................1
1.3 Diagonally Reinforced Concrete Beam ..........................................................2
1.4 Strength-Based Design and Performance-Based Design Methodologies .......3
1.5 Scope of Thesis ...............................................................................................5
Chapter 2 Preliminary Design......................................................................................9
2.1 Notations .........................................................................................................9
2.2 Objective ........................................................................................................11
2.3 Design Preparation.........................................................................................11
2.4 Loads and Analytical Model ..........................................................................12
2.4.1 Gravity Loads.......................................................................................12
2.4.2 Seismic Loads ......................................................................................13
2.4.2.1 Design Response Spectrum........................................................13
2.4.2.2 ELF Method...............................................................................13
2.4.3 Mathematical Model ............................................................................15
2.5 Comparison of Four Prototype Models..........................................................16
Chapter 3 Design of Diagonally Reinforced Concrete Coupling Beams ...................24
i
3.1 Notations ........................................................................................................24
3.2 Introduction....................................................................................................27
3.3 Traditional Strength-Based Design ................................................................27
3.4 Traditional Strength-Based Design Result Review........................................30
3.5 Introduction of Performance-Based Design Method .....................................33
3.5.1 Performance-Based Design Concept ...................................................33
3.5.2 Changes of Design Requirements Using PBD Method .......................35
3.5.3 Diagonally Reinforced Concrete Coupling Beam Design by PBD
Method ..................................................................................................36
Chapter 4 Design of Wall Piers...................................................................................47
4.1 Notations ........................................................................................................47
4.2 Introduction....................................................................................................50
4.3 Simplified Method for Wall Pier Analyses ....................................................51
4.3.1 X Direction Analyses ...........................................................................52
4.3.2 Y Direction Analyses ...........................................................................54
4.4 Load Combinations........................................................................................55
4.5 Wall Pier Design ............................................................................................60
Chapter 5 Studies of Behaviors of Diagonally Reinforced Concrete Coupling
Beams..........................................................................................................71
5.1 Notations ........................................................................................................71
5.2 Objective ........................................................................................................73
ii
5.3 Test Data ........................................................................................................73
5.4 Evaluation of Theoretical Models..................................................................74
5.4.1 Paulay’s Model.....................................................................................74
5.4.2 Hindi’s Model ......................................................................................76
5.5 FEMA 356......................................................................................................78
5.6 Statistical Analyses and Evaluation of Methods ............................................78
5.6.1 Yield Strength.......................................................................................79
5.6.2 Ultimate Strength .................................................................................79
5.6.3 Yield Chord Rotation ...........................................................................80
5.6.4 Ultimate Chord Rotation......................................................................81
5.7 Modified Model .............................................................................................81
Chapter 6 Nonlinear Static and Dynamic Analyses ....................................................94
6.1 Notations ........................................................................................................94
6.2 Objective ........................................................................................................95
6.3 Pushover (Static Nonlinear) Analysis ............................................................95
6.3.1 Introduction..........................................................................................95
6.3.2 Computer Model ..................................................................................95
6.3.2.1 Geometry and Mass Configuration............................................95
6.3.2.2 Coupling Beam Member Properties...........................................96
6.3.2.3 Wall Member Properties ............................................................97
6.3.2.4 Applied Lateral Loads................................................................98
iii
6.3.3 Results and Discussions.......................................................................99
6.4 Nonlinear Dynamic Analysis .......................................................................102
6.4.1 Computer Model ............................................................................... 102
6.4.2 Results and Discussions.................................................................... 103
Chapter 7 Conclusions and Recommendations for Future Research........................132
7.1 Summary ......................................................................................................132
7.2 Conclusions..................................................................................................133
7.3 Recommendations for Future Research .......................................................135
Reference ..................................................................................................................137
Appendix A Preliminary Design Calculations ..........................................................A-1
Appendix B Beam Design Calculations ...................................................................B-1
Appendix C Wall Design Calculations .....................................................................C-1
Appendix D Calculated Wall Pier Parameters from XTRACT for RUAUMOKO
Modeling..............................................................................................D-1
iv
List of Tables
Table2.1 Design of a Typical Interior Column............................................................19
Table2.2 Design Spectrum Defined by NEHRP .........................................................19
Table2.3 Performance Comparison of Four Prototype Structures ..............................20
Table 3.1 Mass Participation of the First Two Modes in the Coupled Direction........38
Table 3.2 Base Shear Amplification Factor ................................................................38
Table 3.3.1 Beam Shears of Mode 1 after Amplifications ..........................................39
Table 3.3.2 Beam Shears of Mode 2 after Amplifications ..........................................39
Table 3.4 SRSS of Beam Shear Forces and Related Shear Stresses ...........................40
Table 4.1.1 Lateral Load Effects and Effective Moments in the X Direction ............61
Table 4.1.2 X Direction Lateral Load Effect Distribution between Wall Piers ..........61
Table 4.2 X Direction Torsion Analysis......................................................................62
Table 4.3 Y Direction Lateral Load Effect Distribution between Wall Piers..............62
Table 4.4 Y Direction Torsion Analysis ......................................................................63
Table 4.5.1 Design Demands for Biaxial Bending Design with 1.0X+0.3Y
Combination...................................................................................................63
Table 4.5.2 Design Demands for Biaxial Bending Design with 0.3X+1.0Y
Combination......................................................................................................64
Table 4.6.1 Design Demands for Shear Design with 1.0X+0.3Y Combination .........64
Table 4.6.2 Design Demands for Shear Design with 0.3X+1.0Y Combination .........65
Table 5.1 Diagonally Reinforced Concrete Beam Test Database ...............................84
v
Table 5.2 Strengths and Deformations Calculated According to Paulay’s Model ......85
Table 5.3 Strengths and Deformations Calculated According to Hindi’s Model........86
Table 5.4 Strengths and Deformations Calculated According to FEMA 356
Method ................................................................................................................88
Table 5.5 Evaluation of All Models ............................................................................89
Table 5.6 Strengths and Deformations Calculated According to Modified Model.....91
Table 6.1 Beam Member Properties..........................................................................106
Table 6.2 Values of Four Control Points for Quadratic Beam-Column Elements ....106
Table 6.3 Wall Member Properties............................................................................106
Table 6.4 Strength Degradation Factors....................................................................107
Table 6.5 Maximum Chord Rotations under Five Selected Ground Motions ..........107
vi
List of Figures
Fig.1.1 Lateral Load Resisting Mechanism of a Coupled Core Wall System .............7
Fig.1.2 Flow Chart of a Conceptual Framework for the Performance-Based
Design (Bertero, 1997).....................................................................................8
Fig.2.1 Elevation View of the 15-story Coupled Core Wall Building ........................21
Fig.2.2 Column Tributary Area and X Y Coordinate System .....................................21
Fig.2.3 Planar View of Prototype I .............................................................................22
Fig.2.4 Planar View of Prototype II ............................................................................22
Fig.2.5 Planar View of Prototype III...........................................................................23
Fig.2.6 Planar View of Prototype IV ..........................................................................23
Fig.3.1 Labels of Wall Piers Used in the Redundancy Factor Calculation.................41
Fig.3.2 Deformation Relationship between Coupling Beam and Wall Piers..............41
Fig.3.3 Tri-Stage Mechanism of CCWs in PBD.........................................................42
Fig.3.4 Comparison of Design Demands on CCW Elements between Strength-Based
Method and Performance-Based Method .......................................................42
Fig.3.5 Assignment of Coupling Beam Design Shear Stresses ..................................43
Fig.3.6.1 Section Details of Beam Group I.................................................................44
Fig.3.6.2 Section Details of Beam Group II ...............................................................45
Fig.3.6.3 Section Details of Beam Group III ..............................................................46
Fig.4.1.1 X Direction Lateral Load Analysis..............................................................66
vii
Fig.4.1.2 X Torsion Analysis ......................................................................................66
Fig.4.2.1 Y Direction Lateral Load Analysis ..............................................................67
Fig.4.2.2 Y Torsion Analysis.......................................................................................67
Fig.4.3.1 Section Details of Wall Group I...................................................................68
Fig.4.3.2 Section Details of Wall Group II .................................................................69
Fig.4.3.3 Section Details of Wall Group III ................................................................70
Fig.5.1 Force Equilibrium of Paulay’s Model ............................................................92
Fig.5.2 Coupling Beam Vertical Deformation of Paulay’s Model..............................92
Fig.5.3 Force Equilibrium of Hindi’s Truss Model.....................................................93
Fig.5.4 Shear-Chord Rotation Relationship Defined by FEMA 356 ..........................93
Fig.5.5 Shear-Chord Rotation Relationship Defined by Modified Model..................93
Fig.6.1 Nonlinear Analyses Model ...........................................................................108
Fig.6.2 Axial Load-Moment Interaction Diagram for Quadratic Beam-column
Element .............................................................................................................. 109
Fig.6.3 Pushover Analysis Result .............................................................................110
Fig.6.4 Beam Vertical Deformation Caused by Rigid Link Rotations......................111
Fig.6.5 Chord Rotation Distributions at LS and CP States .......................................111
Fig.6.6 Modified Takeda Hysteresis Model..............................................................112
Fig.6.7 Strength Degradation Model Used in RUAUMOKO...................................112
Fig. 6.8 Selected Earthquake Ground Motions.........................................................113
Fig. 6.9 Acceleration Response Spectra of Earthquake Records Induced by 5
viii
Selected Ground Motions ...............................................................................114
Fig.6.10 Roof Displacement History ........................................................................115
Fig.6.11 Story Drift Envelope...................................................................................116
Fig.6.12 Member Responses under El Centro Ground Motion ................................117
Fig.6.13 Member Responses under Simulated LS Ground Motion..........................120
Fig.6.14 Member Responses under Simulated CP Ground Motion..........................123
Fig.6.15 Member Responses under Northridge Pacoima Ground Motion ...............126
Fig.6.16 Member Responses under Northridge Slymar Ground Motion..................129
ix
Chapter 1 Introduction
1.1 Notations:
otmM --Total overturning moment caused by lateral loads
1M , --Moments resisted by the tension and compression wall piers, respectively 2M
T L --Moment due to the coupling effect; T is equal to the axial force at the base of
tension wall pier; L is the coupling arm, the distance between the centroids of two
wall piers.
1.2 Reinforced Concrete Coupled Core Wall System
The reinforced concrete coupled core wall (CCW) systems have been widely used in
mid to high-rise buildings due to the architectural and structural advantages. The concrete
cores in the middle of the structures accommodate elevator shafts, stairwells and service
ducts to meet versatile architectural requirements. Additionally, the use of flat slab floors
in CCW systems provides more architectural efficiency by reducing story heights. Most
of all, CCW systems are very effective in resisting lateral loads in earthquakes and
hurricanes. The effectiveness of the systems is demonstrated by the way they withstand
the lateral loads: the structural lateral load resisting capacities are not increased through
enlarging the member sizes, but through introducing the frame action. As Fig. 1.1 shows,
two cantilever wall piers are connected by the coupling beams in between. Due to the
frame action of the system, a tension force and a compression force are produced in the
left and right wall piers, respectively. The magnitudes of the tension and compression are
identical, either of which is equal to the sum of all coupling beam shear forces. The total
overturning moment from the lateral loads ( ) is resisted not only by the wall piers otmM
1
( and ), but also by the coupling effect (1M 2M T L ) due to the frame action. Hence, the
frame action greatly decreases the internal forces on wall piers and then reduces the
deformation of the building. The degree of the frame action is expressed by a term known
as the degree of coupling (DOC), which is defined as the ratio of T L to . DOC
equal to 0 means that no frame action exists and the system behaves as two isolated
cantilever walls. On the other hand, DOC equal to 1 represents that two walls act in the
way as a single solid wall. The national building code of Canada (NBCC) quantifies
DOC to indicate the effectiveness of CCW systems. The buildings with DOC less than
66% are classified as partially coupled walls and those with DOC greater than 66% are
considered as effectively coupled walls.
otmM
1.3 Diagonally Reinforced Concrete Beam
The use of diagonally reinforced concrete beams instead of conventional concrete
beam is recommended by ACI 318-02 when the ratio of the beam span to depth is less
than 4. The preference of diagonally reinforced concrete beams is based on their good
performance in terms of ductility and strength under cyclic loads.
Experiments have illustrated the following disadvantages of conventional concrete
beams with small span-to-depth ratio under seismic loads (Park and Paulay, 1975). (1)
The compression stress of concrete is not reduced by placing compression reinforcement
and correspondingly the increase of ductility of the beam should not be expected. The
reason is that the diagonal cracks of the beam under reverse loads cause a radical
redistribution of the tensile forces and tensile stress exists where conventional flexure
theory indicates that compression stresses should be present. Therefore, the compression
2
reinforcement actually carries the tension forces instead of resisting the compression as
expected. (2) The insufficiency of shear capacities of the interfaces between the beams
and wall piers results in the direct sliding shear failure. Considering the flexure
reinforcement dowel action can only transmit small amount of shear forces from the
beams to wall piers, the bulk of the beam shear must be transferred across the concrete
compression zones into the wall piers. However, the compression concrete zones have
little shear-transferring ability because they have already been cracked during the
preceding load cycles. (3) The stiffness of the conventional coupling beams with
sufficient web reinforcement after the onset of diagonal cracking is reduced to 1/5 of the
stiffness before crack. For the conventional beams without sufficient web reinforcement,
the stiffness degradation is greater. The drastic loss of stiffness considerably reduces the
frame action and increases the deformation of the buildings.
In contrast to the conventionally reinforced concrete beams, diagonally reinforced
concrete beams have superior cyclic responses even under high intensity alternating loads
(Park and Paulay, 1975). Experiments show that the hysteretic loop for a diagonally
reinforced concrete beam exhibits small stiffness degradation. Also, the beam displays
little strength reduction with the cumulative ductility. Due to its good seismic
performance, the diagonally reinforced concrete beams are employed in the design of the
building presented in this research.
1.4 Strength-Based Design and Performance-Based Design Methodologies
The strength-based design method requires that each individual member in the
system has sufficient capacities to resist the forces induced by predetermined loads. The
3
strength-based design method is the basis of current building codes. ASCE 7-02 and IBC-
2003 codes provide the guidelines for determining the design loads and analytical
methods. ACI 318-02 and AISC-99 codes are the design specifications for the concrete
and steel members, respectively.
The application of the strength-based design method to the design of CCW systems
causes a problem: the design shear stresses in the coupling beams exceed the code-
defined (ACI 318-02) limit (Harries et al., 2004). The high shear stresses are attributed to
the assumption that the wall piers and beams yield simultaneously at the code specified
base shear. However, the 1964 Alaska earthquake indicates that all or most coupling
beams yielded before the strength of the coupled walls was attained. Theoretical studies
also verify that the critical coupling beams yield before the required ductility of the
systems is achieved (Park and Paulay, 1975).
Recently, researchers (Harries et al., 2004) have proposed a performance-based
design (PBD) method as an alternative of the strength-based design method in CCW
design. Concisely, the PBD method is defined as “Design and Engineering of buildings
for targeted performance objectives” (Bertero, 1997). The selection of the performance
objectives involves several factors as the following. Firstly, the selection is made by the
owner in consultation with the designers, based on the owner’s expectations, economic
analysis, and the accepted risks. Secondly, the selected performance needs to meet the
structural actual seismic behavior. Thirdly, the performance objectives need to be
determined for different earthquake hazard levels. The multi-level design methodology
has been advocated (Bertero, 1997) to replace the current code one-level design
4
methodology because the multi-level method improves the design safety, reliability, and
also optimizes the design procedures to reduce the cost.
A complete set of design steps using PBD method is illustrated in Fig. 1.2.
Especially, the following steps can be specified (Harries et al. 2004) for seismic design of
CCWs: (1) Define the desired performance objectives; (2) Design coupling beams; (3)
Design wall piers; (4) Develop nonlinear force-deformation relationship for beams and
wall piers; and (5) Conduct nonlinear static and dynamic analyses to check the design
results.
1.5 Scope of Thesis
A 15-story reinforced concrete coupled core wall building was initially designed by
using the traditional strength-based method. The difficulty of the traditional method
meeting the design shear limit in current building codes was encountered. Subsequently,
the PBD method was used as an alternative to the same building. The performance of the
building, designed by following PBD method, was evaluated by nonlinear static and
dynamic analyses. Before the nonlinear analyses, an analytical model for establishing the
nonlinear behavior of diagonally reinforced concrete beams was developed and verified
through the use of experimental data available in literature.
The thesis is organized in seven chapters. Chapter 1 briefly presents the current state
of knowledge about coupled core wall systems. Chapter 2 shows the preliminary design
of the 15-story building to determine its specific structural layouts. Chapter 3 provides
the design procedures of the diagonally reinforced concrete coupling beams with the
strength-based method and performance-based method. Chapter 4 presents the
5
calculations for the wall piers by using the performance-based method. Chapter 5 shows
the development of a theoretical model to characterize the nonlinear behaviors of
diagonally reinforced concrete beams. Chapter 6 presents the nonlinear analyses of the
designed coupled core wall system. Chapter 7 provides the conclusions and the
suggestions for the future research.
6
p
TM1
L
2MT
V1 V2
C
Fig. 1.1 Lateral Load Resisting Mechanism of a Coupled Core Wall System
7
Check Suitability of site
Yes
Discuss with client the performance levels and
select the minimum performance design objectives
Yes
No
Yes
Conduct conceptual overall design, selecting configuration, structural layout, structural system, structural material and
nonstructural components
Acceptability checks of conceptual overall design
No Acceptability checks of preliminary design using static, dynamic linear
and nonlinear analysis methods
Numerical preliminary design to comply simultaneously with at least two limit states
Yes
No
Final design and detailing using available experimental data and presenting material codes and
regulations
Acceptability checks of final design using static, dynamic linear and nonlinear
analysis methods and experimental data
Yes
Quality assurance during construction
Monitoring, maintenance and function
Fig 1.2 Flow Chart of a Conceptual Framework for Performance-Based Design(Bertero, 1997)
8
Chapter 2 Preliminary Design
2.1 Notations:
xA : Torsion amplification factor
sC : Seismic response coefficient in the ELF method
E : Elastic modulus
aF : Site coefficient
'cf : Concrete compression strength
yf : Steel yield strength
vF : Site coefficient
g : Gravity acceleration
I : Occupancy important factor
gI : Section gross moment of inertia
taM : Accidental torsion
R : Response modification factor
DsS : Design spectral response acceleration at short period
1DS : Design spectral response acceleration at 1 second period
MsS : Adjusted maximum considered earthquake spectral response acceleration at
short period
1MS : Adjusted maximum considered earthquake spectral response acceleration at
1 second period
9
sS : Maximum considered earthquake spectral response acceleration at short
period
1S : Maximum considered earthquake spectral response acceleration at 1 second
period
0T : Period parameter used to determine the design response spectrum, equals to
0.2 / 1DS DsS
1T : Period parameter used to determine the design response spectrum, equals to
/ 1DS DsS
bV : Design base shear from the ELF method
W : Building total weight
avgδ : Average displacement of the floor
maxδ : Maximum displacement of the floor
φ : Strength reduction factor
10
2.2 Objective
The detailed layouts of a 15-story reinforced concrete coupled core wall office
building are presented specified in this chapter. The layouts to be configured include the
following: (i) story and building total height; (ii) locations of the perimeter columns, wall
piers, and coupling beams; (iii) dimensions of walls, beams, columns, and floor slabs.
The initial layout was based on a previous similar research focused on a 10-story
reinforced concrete core wall structure (Harries et al., 2004). The results of the
preliminary design were evaluated by two criteria from current building codes. The first
is that the maximum story drift should not be more than 2% as required by NEHRP 2000.
The second is that the degree of coupling (DOC) should be greater than 66%, which is
the minimum value defined by NBCC 1995 for effectively coupled systems.
2.3 Design Preparation
The structure (see Fig. 2.1) is a 15-story reinforced concrete coupled core wall
office building assumed to be located in San Francisco, CA in class C site. Stories 2
through 15 each are 9 feet and 2 inches high and the ground story is 12 feet and 2 inches
high. The total building height, therefore, is 140 feet and 6 inches. Post-tensioned
reinforced concrete slabs, 8 inches thick and 100×100 square feet large, are used in every
floor of the building.
The building has two load resisting systems: (a) columns uniformly distributed
around the floors (see Fig. 2.2) and (b) a coupled core wall in the middle of the building.
The core wall consists of two C shaped wall piers, which are connected by two coupling
beams located at the ends of wall flanges. Considering the lateral stiffness of the central
11
core is much larger than that of the columns, it is assumed that the concrete core carries
all of the lateral loads and resists the gravity loads in conjunction with the perimeter
columns. The design of a typical interior column is shown in Table 2.1. The gravity load
within its tributary area is used. Also for simplicity, it is assumed that all other columns
in a floor have the same dimensions as interior columns.
2.4 Loads and Analytical Model
2.4.1 Gravity Loads
Section 5.3 of NEHRP states that the gravity loads in the seismic design should
cover the total dead loads and applicable portion of other loads listed in the following. (i)
25 percent of floor live load shall be applicable in areas used for storage. The selected
building is for office usage; hence, this item is not included. (ii) Partition load should not
be less than 10 psf. The minimum partition load of 10 psf is taken into account in the
calculations. (iii) Operation equipment load. A 5 psf mechanical device load is included.
(iv) Snow load. It is not included in the design because of the location of the building.
Other than these code-defined gravity loads, a cladding load of 15 psf on each side of the
building surfaces is included. The dead loads include the self-weight of the building, i.e.,
the weights of the post-tensioned floor slab, wall piers, link beams, and columns.
In the analytical model, the gravity loads from columns and walls are
concentrated at the center of mass of each floor. The floor heights above and below are
used to calculate the floor mass. Accordingly, the gravity loads assigned to the top and
ground floor will be less and more, respectively, than typical floors in the middle of the
building.
12
2.4.2 Seismic Load
2.4.2.1 Design Response Spectrum
NEHRP describes the earthquake motion with the following two factors. is the
maximum ground motion at short period and is that at 1 second. In San Francisco,
and are taken as 1.5g and 0.65g, respectively. The values of and should be
modified to include the influence from specific site conditions by using factors and
. ( × ) and ( × ) are the results after the site effect adjustment to
represent the structural acceleration response at the short period and the period of 1
second, respectively. These values are based on the exceedance probability of 2 percent
in 50 years, which is defined as the collapse prevention (CP) level earthquake by
NEHRP. Hence, the calculated values need to be multiplied by 2/3 to generate the design
response spectrum. The design response spectrum in NEHRP is based on the exceedance
probability of 10 percent in 50 years, which is defined as life safety (LS) level
earthquake. Additionally, two period values, and , are used to separate the spectrum
into three parts, which are short period section, peak value section, and long period
section, respectively. Table 2.2 shows the shape and the calculations of the design
response spectrum.
sS
1S sS
1S sS 1S
aF
vF MsS sS aF 1MS MsS vF
0T sT
2.4.2.2 Equivalent Lateral Force (ELF) Method
The structure is classified into seismic design category D by its specific site
condition. Based on the seismic design category and structural symmetrical
configuration, the equivalent lateral force (ELF) method may be used to calculate the
13
lateral seismic loads on the prototype. The basic idea of ELF is to calculate the maximum
seismic response ( ) of the building from the design response spectrum (see Table 2.2).
The code defined base shear ( ) is determined as the product of with the building
total weight (W ). The base shear ( ) is distributed to various floors based on the weight
and height of each floor.
sC
bV sC
bV
The following parameters are required for the ELF method. The response
modification factor ( R ) was selected as 6 in accordance with the structure type specified
in NEHRP Table 5.2.2. The occupancy important factor ( I ) was taken as 1 (see NEHRP
Table 1.4) considering the structure is an ordinary office building.
The accidental torsion ( ) corresponding to the lateral loads in each main
direction should be included in the calculations, as the required by Section 5.4.4.2 of
NEHRP. The inclusion of the accidental torsion for a symmetric building is to account
for some factors that have not been explicitly considered in NEHRP, such as the
rotational component of ground motion, unforeseeable differences between computed and
actual values of stiffness, etc. The magnitude of the accidental torsion at one level is
equal to the lateral force at that level multiplied by 5 percent of the building dimension
perpendicular to the direction of the applied lateral load. Furthermore, Section 5.4.4.3 of
NEHRP states that for structures in the seismic design category D, the accidental torsion
at each level needs to be scaled up by a torsion amplification factor ( ), defined as the
following.
taM
xA
xA =(avgδ
δ2.1
max ) (2.1) 2
14
maxδ is the maximum displacement occurred at the corner of the building and avgδ is the
average displacement at the center of building. The average value of in all levels
representing the average torsion influence was used in the calculation (Brienen, 2002).
xA
2.4.3 Mathematical Model
ETABS (CSI Berkeley, 1997) was employed to conduct the elastic analyses. The
following types of elements were used to represent the different structural members of
the building.
(a) The columns were modeled by column elements. The elements have been
formulated to include the effect of axial, shear, bending, and torsional deformations.
Considering that the columns in the building are assumed to carry the vertical loads only
without any lateral resistance, the column elements in the model are pinned both at the
top and bottom. (b) The post-tensioned concrete slabs in the building are modeled as rigid
diaphragms, which have infinite in-plane stiffness. (c) The flanges and webs of the C
shaped walls are represented by ETABS panel elements. Each panel element has been
formulated as a membrane member with iso-parametric properties. The panels are
continuous from level to level and fixed at the base of the building. ETABS automatically
assembles three adjacent panels together to form the C shaped wall, which is considered
as one unit in the analyses. (d) The coupling beams are represented by the beam
elements, which have been formulated to include the effect of axial, shear, bending, and
torsional deformations. The beam elements are rigidly connected to the wall panels.
ACI 318-02 was used to determine the stiffness of various components. Per
Section 10.11.1 of ACI, the member stiffness should account for the presence of axial
15
loads, cracks along the length of the member, and duration of the loads. Also, the
following values are suggested by ACI for typical reinforced concrete structural
members. For a cracked wall, the stiffness is taken as 0.35E gI ; and for an un-cracked
wall, it is taken as 0.70E gI . Usually, the wall piers in the ground story suffer more
damage, and as a result the stiffness is less than that in other stories. Hence, in the
analyses, the stiffness for the ground story wall piers was taken as 0.35E gI , and the
stiffness for the walls in other stories was assumed to be 0.70E gI . Moreover, per ACI,
0.35E gI was used as the effective stiffness for coupling beams. Note that other
equations are available to establish stiffness of diagonally reinforced coupling beams
(Paulay, 1992). For consistency, ACI recommendations were used both for the walls and
coupling beams. The distribution of mass is described in Section 2.4.1.
This ETABS model also includes the P -∆ effect in the force and deformation
analyses. The concrete used is normal weight concrete with compression strength ( ) of
6 ksi, and the reinforcement is Grade 60 with yield strength ( ) of 60 ksi.
'cf
yf
2.5 Comparison of Four Prototype Models
The computer model described in the previous section was used to evaluate four
structures shown in Figures 2.3 to 2.6. These analyses were conducted to finalize the
layouts of the prototype structure. The accepted prototype must be proportioned such that
two criteria are satisfied. One is the maximum story drift of the building should be within
the 2% limit defined by NEHRP. The other is that the degree of coupling (DOC) should
be greater than 66 percent, as NBCC states. Table 2.3 provides a brief review of the
16
configurations and performance of these 4 models. The evolution of these 4 models is
detailed in the following.
Prototype I (see Fig. 2.3) was directly extracted from a 10-story building
investigated in a previous study (Harries et al., 2004). The flange wall is 9 feet long and
20 inches thick, and the web wall is 18 feet long and 16 inches thick. The coupling beams
connecting the two wall piers are 6 feet long with a section of 20 in×24 in. The building
is symmetrical about the X and Y axes. For simplicity, it is assumed that the wall
dimensions remain the same over the total height of the building.
The calculations of loads, internal forces and deformations of this prototype are
listed in Tables A.1.1 to A.1.5 in Appendix A. The results show that the maximum story
drift in the X direction is 3.93% and 4.28% in the Y direction, which exceed the 2% limit.
Hence, the prototype is unacceptable. The DOC of the building is 79.7%, which satisfies
the 66% minimum DOC requirement.
The flange walls in Prototype II (see Fig. 2.4) were changed from 9 feet to 10
feet, and the web walls were changed from 18 feet to 20 feet. The thickness of the flanges
and webs was changed from 16 inches to 20 inches. The beam dimensions remain the
same as Prototype I. The purpose of the changes is to increase the structural stiffness and
correspondingly reduce the maximum story drift to meet the 2% limit. The calculations
shown in Tables A.2.1 to A.2.5 indicate that the maximum story drift in the X direction is
2.81% and 2.95% in the Y direction. The results also show that the DOC is 75.5%. Hence,
Prototype II also does not meet the 2% story drift limit.
The difference between Prototype III (see Fig. 2.5) and II is that the web walls
were changed from 20 feet to 22 feet long. All other dimensions were kept the same. The
17
maximum X story drift is 2.62% and the Y story drift is 2.41% (see Tables A.3.1 to
A.3.5). The structure has a DOC of 75.5%. Prototype III still does not meet the 2%
deformation limit.
The differences between Prototype IV (see Fig. 2.6) and Prototype III are that the
length of the web walls was extended from 22 feet to 25 feet, and the dimensions of
coupling beams were enlarged from 20in ×24in to 20in ×30in. The enlargement of the
beam sections can keep the relative stiffness between the wall and the beam in order to
maintain the degree of coupling, and provide more construction space to avoid
congestion problems. The calculations of the maximum displacements and degree of
coupling shown in Tables A.4.1 to A.4.5 (see Appendix A) indicate that Prototype IV
meets both design criteria. This structure has a maximum story drift of 1.97% and 1.73%
in the X and Y direction, respectively. The DOC of the structure is 79.7%. Prototype IV
is selected for all the subsequent analyses and discussions.
18
Table 2.1 Design of a Typical Interior Column Dead Loads (psf)
8 in Slab 100Partitions 10Devices 5Total 115
Live Loads (psf) For Office 50
Loads Combination 1.2Dead Load+1.6Live Load (psf) 1.2x115+1.6x50=218Tributary Area (ft2) 20x20=400Total Design Load on One Story (kips) 218x400/1000=87.2Total Design Load of 15 Storys (kips) 15x87.2=1308Required Area of the Column (in2) Assuming fc'=6 ksi φ=0.7 1308/(0.7x6)=311Square Root of the Required Area (in) 3110.5=18Actual Size of the Square Column (in) 20
Table 2.2 Design Spectrum Defined by NEHRP
Item Value Comments Ss 1.5g Directly from maps of NEHRPS1 0.65g Directly from maps of NEHRPFa 1 Determined by Table 4.1.2.4a of NEHRPFv 1.3 Determined by Table 4.1.2.4b of NEHRPSMs 1.5g SMs=SsxFa
SM1 0.845g SM1=S1xFv
SDs 1.0g SDs=2/3xSMs
SD1 0.563g SD1=2/3xSM1
T0 0.113 T0=0.2SD1/SDS
Ts 0.563 Ts=SD1/SDS
Sa=SD1/T
TsT0 T (s)
Sa(g)
0.0000.200
0.4000.6000.800
1.0001.200
0 1 2 3 4 5
19
Table 2.3 Performance Comparison of Four Prototype Structures
Prototype Description Max X Story Drift
Max Y Story Drift
DOC Comments
I
The layouts of this model (see Fig.2.3) are from a previous 10-story CCW building design. The flange wall in the X direction is 9 feet long and 20 inches thick. The web wall in the Y direction is 18 feet long and 16 inches thick. The coupling beam is 6 feet long with a 20in×24in section.
3.93% 4.28% 79.7%
The maximum X and Y
story drift are both over 2%
limit.
II
The difference between this model (see Fig. 2.4) and Prototype I is that the flange wall in the X direction is increased from 9 feet to 10 feet, and the web wall in the Y direction is from 18 feet to 20 feet. Each wall thickness is also increased from 18 inches to 20 inches.
2.81% 2.95% 75.5%
The maximum X and Y
story drift are both over 2%
limit.
III
The difference between this model (see Fig. 2.5) and Prototype II is the web wall in the Y direction is increased from 20 feet to 22 feet.
2.62% 2.41% 75.5%
The maximum X and Y
story drift are both over 2%
limit.
IV
The difference of this model (see Fig. 2.6) and Prototype III is that the web wall in the Y direction is lengthened from 22 feet to 25 feet, and the beam is enlarged from 20 in × 24 in to 20in×30in.
1.97% 1.73% 79.7%
This model meets the
2% deformation
limit and 66% DOC
limit.
20
12'-2
"14
stor
ies a
t 9'-2
"
Level 1
Level 2
Level 3
Level 4
Level 5
Level 6
Level 7
Level 8
Level 9
Level 10
Level 11
Level 12
Level 13
Level 14
Level 15
Fig. 2.1 Elevation View of the 15-story Coupled Core Wall Building
tributary area:20X20 ft2
20' 20' 20' 20' 20'
20'
20'
20'
20'
20'
of a typical interior column
X
Y
Fig 2.2 Column Tributary Area and X Y Coordinate System
21
Beam section is 20in by 24 in
9' 6' 9'
18'
20"16"
X
Y
Fig 2.3 Planar View of Prototype I
Beam section is 20in by 24 in
10' 6' 10'
20'
20"20"
X
Y
Fig 2.4 Planar View of Prototype II
22
Beam section is 20in by 24 in
10' 6' 10'
22'
20"20"
X
Y
Fig 2.5 Planar View of Prototype III
Beam section is 20in by 30 in
10' 6' 10'
25'
20"20"
X
Y
Fig 2.6 Planar View of Prototype IV
23
Chapter 3 Design of Diagonally Reinforced Concrete Coupling Beams
3.1 Notations
A : Floor area
xA : Torsion amplification factor in the coupled direction
xavgA : Average of of all floors xA
bC : Base shear amplification factor
, : Distances from the wall neutral axis to the edge of tension wall pier or
compression wall pier, respectively (see Fig. 3.2)
1c 2c
: Dead load D
: Reinforcement bar diameter bd
: Length of wall section (see Fig. 3.2) wD
E : Structural response from seismic loads
: Lateral load of Mode m in the coupled direction xmF
'cf : Concrete compression strength
eh : Effective building height, measured from the building base to the resultant
force position of the first mode in the coupled direction
: Length of a rectangular wall pier wl
: Accidental torsion associated with taxmM xmF
EQ : Structural response from horizontal seismic loads
s : Span of link beam
DsS : Design spectral response acceleration at short period
24
: Ductility factor bu
: Code-defined base shear calculated by the ELF method bV
: Beam shear due to bfV xmF
btV : Beam shear due to taxmM
: Shear at the base when the link beams yield byV
xmV : Base Shear of Mode m in the coupled direction
: SRSS of base shear forces of all modes under consideration tV
: Shear at the base when the wall piers yield wyV
uV : Ultimate base shear corresponding to structural ultimate displacement or
ultimate limit state
W : Building total weight
: Effective weight of Mode m in the coupled direction xmW
α : Inclination of diagonal reinforcement
maxγ : Maximum ratio of the shear on one single element to the story shear
: Vertical displacement different between point A and B (see Fig. 3.2) AB∆
: Vertical displacement between two ends of a link beam by∆
yε : Steel yield strain
φ : Strength reduction factor
wyϕ : Wall yield curvature
bθ : Link beam chord rotation
byθ : Link beam yield chord rotation
25
wθ : Wall pier rotation
wyθ : Wall pier yield rotation
ρ : Redundancy factor
υ : Beam shear stress
LS (life safety) and CP (collapse prevention) level seismic loads: the LS level
earthquake loads represent the seismic loads with 10 percent exceedance in 50
years, and NEHRP design spectrum is generated correspondingly to the LS level
ground motion. The CP level earthquake loads represent the loads with 2 percent
of exceedance in 50 years. The CP level seismic loads are much more intensive
than the LS level loads. The acceleration spectrum of CP level in NEHRP is 1.5
times that of LS level.
26
3.2 Introduction
At the beginning of this chapter, the traditional strength-based design was carried
out by following NEHRP provisions. However, it is concluded that diagonally reinforced
concrete coupling beams cannot be designed because the shear stresses in coupling beams
exceed the ACI defined limit. After investigating plausible reasons for the large shear
stresses, the performance-based design (PBD) methodology is introduced. The PBD
method recognizes the expected seismic behavior of a CCW building by proposing a tri-
stage failure mechanism. As a result, the shear forces in beams were regenerated to an
accepted level. Finally, the coupling beams were detailed by following the requirements
in Chapter 21 of ACI 318-02.
3.3 Traditional Strength-Based Design
The modal response spectrum analysis (MRSA) method was selected to replace
the equivalent lateral force (ELF) method to calculate the lateral seismic loads and related
structural responses. The MRSA method allows the inclusion of higher modes of
structures in addition to the fundamental mode. Therefore more precise results are
possible. Per Section 5.5.2 of NEHRP, the MRSA method should include sufficient
modes to obtain the total modal mass participation of at least 90 percent. According to the
results listed in Table 3.1, the first two modes in the coupled direction, which
respectively correspond to the first and fifth mode of the structure, have provided 91
percent of mass participation, and should be sufficient for the required analyses.
Two types of seismic loads, the lateral loads ( ) and the accidental torsion
( ), are included in the modal analysis. The inclusion of is required by
xmF
taxmM taxmM
27
NEHRP 5.4.4.2 to cover unforeseeable issues, which are not explicitly defined in the
code. Calculations of and are summarized in Tables B.1.1 and B.1.2 in
Appendix B. A 3-dimensional ETABS computer model, which includes two transverse
and one torsional degrees of freedom, was developed to calculate structural elastic
seismic responses. Per NEHRP, the results from ETABS elastic analyses still need to be
magnified by four different factors to obtain the design shear demands for coupling
beams.
xmF taxmM
The first magnification factor is the torsion amplification factor ( ). The
equation defining is provided in Section 2.4.2.2. The factor has been introduced by
NEHRP as an attempt to account for the structural torsional dynamic instability. The
shear forces from ETABS due to the accidental torsion ( ) were magnified by
before being combined with the shear forces induced by the lateral loads ( ). The
calculations of for the first two modes in the coupled direction are provided in
Tables B.2.1 and B.2.2, respectively.
xA
xA
taxmM xavgA
xmF
xavgA
The second factor to be considered is the redundancy factor ( ρ ) which is defined by
NEHRP as an index to increase the design reliability. Per Section 5.2.7 of NEHRP, the
response of the structure due to seismic loads (E ) is defined as the following.
E = ρ EQ ± 0.2 (3.1) DsS D
EQ is the responses due to horizontal seismic loads, which includes the effects from
horizontal lateral forces ( ) and associated torsion ( ). The item of 0.2
represents the effect of the vertical ground motion component, which is not considered in
the beam shear analyses. Hence, following Equation 3.1 the sum of beam shear forces
xmF taxmM DsS D
28
due to and were magnified by the redundancy factor (xmF taxmM ρ ). For wall piers, the
factor ( ρ ) is calculated as the following.
ρ =2-Amax
20γ
(3.2)
A is the total area of the floor, which is equal to 100×100 ft2. γ is the ratio of the shear
in a single element (torsional shear included) to the story shear. The subscript of max of
γ means that the maximum γ from all the elements should be taken. Additionally, per
Section 5.2.4.2 of NEHRP, the calculated γ needs to be multiplied by 10/ . Note that the
value of 10/ should not be greater than 1.0 per NEHRP. Walls in the C shaped section
are classified into two groups (see Fig. 3.1). The walls in the X direction are labeled as
P101, P102, P201, and P202 in Group I. The walls in the Y direction are labeled as P103
and P203 in Group II. Due to the symmetry of the building, the wall piers in the same
group resist the shear forces equally. Therefore, the elements in the same group produce
identical
wl
wl
γ values. The maxγ used in the magnification is the greatest γ from these two
groups among all stories in the building. Table B.3.1 and B.3.2 illustrate the details of the
calculations of maxγ and ρ .
The third scaling factor for the beam shear forces is strength reduction factor (φ ).
Per Section 9.3.4 (c) of ACI, φ is taken as 0.85 for the design of coupling beams.
The last magnification factor is the base shear amplification factor ( ). Section
5.5.7 of NEHRP states if the SRSS of the base shear forces of all the modes considered
( ) is less than 85% of the base shear from the ELF method ( ), all the seismic
bC
tV bV
29
responses of the structure should be scaled up by multiplying with the factor of . is
defined by Equation 3.3 and its value is listed in Table 3.2.
bC bC
bC =0.85 / (3.3) bV tV
The applications of the aforementioned factors for the first two modes in the
coupled direction are listed respectively in Tables 3.3.1 and 3.3.2. Subsequently, the
SRSS of beam shears in these two modes were generated as the design demands. Table
3.4 lists the resulting shear and shear stresses along the building stories (in psi and in
terms of 'cf ).
3.4 Traditional Strength-Based Design Result Review
Section 21.7.7.4 of ACI 318-02 specifies 10 'cf as the beam maximum nominal
shear stress. By referring to Table 3.4, the maximum coupling beam shear stress is
13.8 'cf occurring in level 4. Furthermore, the shear stresses from level 1 to 10 all
exceed the ACI defined maximum shear limit. Based on the code design requirement,
these coupling beams can not be designed due to the large shear stresses.
The practical construction conditions place another limit on the shear stress in
coupling beams. The shear stress equal to 6 'cf has been recommended as the upper
limit in design in order to avoid congestion problems in diagonally reinforced concrete
coupling beams (Harries, 2003). The congestion likely happens at two locations. The first
location is the middle span, where the reinforcement in two diagonal directions meets
together. The second location is the intersections between the coupling beams and wall
piers, where the beam reinforcing bars interface with the wall reinforcement. A series of
30
coupling beam design studies have been conducted (Fortney, 2005) to investigate the
congestion problem. These design cases have proved that a coupling beam with a shear
stress close to 6 'cf is designable, but a coupling beam with a shear stress close to
10 'cf is very difficult or impractical to be designed. Hence, the value of 6 '
cf is taken
as the maximum shear stress in this study. The shear stresses of the beams except that in
the top level exceed 6 'cf (Table 3.4). From the constructability point of view, these
coupling beams can not be designed in view of the high shear stresses.
The large shear stresses in coupling beams are due to an implausible assumption
used in the traditional strength-based design. It has been assumed that the wall piers and
coupling beams yield simultaneously at the code-defined base shear level. However, the
deformation relationship between the wall piers and coupling beams (Paulay, 2002)
proves that this assumption is not correct.
As Figure 3.2 shows, the vertical difference between points A and B ( ) due to
the wall rotation (It is assumed that the two wall piers have the same rotations.) can be
calculated from the following equation.
AB∆
AB∆ = wθ × +1c wθ ×( - )=wD 2c wθ ×( + - ) (3.4) wD 1c 2c
If the distance is equal to , Equation 3.4 can be rewritten as: 1c 2c
AB∆ = wθ wD (3.5)
The vertical deformation ( AB∆ ) can also be expressed using the chord rotation of
the coupling beam ( bθ ) as the following.
AB∆ = bθ s (3.6)
31
The results from Equations 3.5 and 3.6 should be equal. Hence, the following
equation is obtained.
bθ / wθ = / (3.7) wD s
Equation 3.7 indicates that the ratio of beam chord rotation to wall pier rotation is always
equal to the ratio of the wall length to beam span. In the selected prototype, is equal
to 10 feet and is taken as 6 feet. Substituting these values into Equation 3.7, the
following result is obtained.
wD
s
bθ =10/6 wθ =1.67 wθ (3.8)
Paulay suggested the following equation for calculating the yield rotation of wall
pier ( wyθ ) (Paulay, 2002).
wyθ = wyϕ eh /2 (3.9)
In the prototype structure, is 108 feet provided by ETABS analyses. eh wyϕ is assumed
to be 1.55 yε / (Paulay, 2002). The steel yield strain (wD yε ) is approximately 0.002. By
substituting all these parameters into Equation 3.9, the following result is calculated.
wyθ =1.55×0.002/10×108/2=0.0167 rad (3.10)
At the time when the wall pier yields, the corresponding coupling beam chord
rotation can be computed by substituting wyθ into Equation 3.8.
bθ =1.67×0.0167=0.0280 rad (3.11)
Paulay also recommended the following equation for computing the yield chord
rotation of coupling beam ( byθ ) (Paulay, 2002).
byθ = by∆ / =1.3( /coss s α +16 )bd yε / (3.12) s
32
bd is 1.41 inches assuming that No. 11 bars are used, and the inclination of the diagonal
bars (α ) is roughly taken as tan (beam height/its length)=tan (30/72)=22.6 . After
substituting these values into Equation 3.12,
1− 1−
byθ is calculated from Equation 3.13.
byθ =1.3× (72/cos22.6+16×1.41) ×0.002/72=0.0036 rad (3.13)
By comparing the results of Equations 3.13 and 3.11, the ductility factor ( bµ ), is
calculated with Equation 3.14.
bµ = bθ / byθ =0.028/0.0036=7.8 (3.14)
The ductility factor indicates that the beam chord rotation when the wall yields is 7.8
times its yield chord rotation. It is impossible for the coupling beams to remain elastic
until the wall piers yield. The traditional strength-based design assumption of enforcing
elastic behavior of coupling beams prior to yielding of the wall piers generates
unrealistically high shear stresses in the coupling beams. As a matter of fact, the coupling
beams in CCW systems yield much earlier than wall piers do. The early yielding of the
beams helps transfer more loads to the wall piers which in turn reduces the beam shear
stress dramatically.
3.5 Introduction of Performance-Based Design Method
3.5.1 Performance-Based Design Concept
The traditional strength-based design method does not accurately address the real
seismic performance of CCW systems. As an alternative approach, a performance-based
design (PBD) method has been proposed (Harries et al., 2004) in an attempt to capture
the expected seismic behavior of CCW buildings.
33
The PBD method divides the seismic behavior of a CCW system into three stages
in terms of yielding sequence of the members. Figure 3.3 provides a schematic view of
this tri-stage yielding mechanism. The first stage is the elastic stage, in which all the
structural members (beams and wall piers) are elastic. The second stage is the transition
stage, in which the beams begin to yield and the wall piers still stay elastic. The final
stage is the yield stage, in which wall piers yield and beams may reach their ultimate
deformation capacities. Note that at this stage the wall piers have not reached their
ultimate capacity and can continue to provide resistance. The structure reaches the
ultimate displacement after the plastic hinges are formed at the base of the building, and a
collapse mechanism is developed. The following performance requirements for CCW
systems under seismic loads are proposed to meet the tri-stage mechanism. These
requirements are for the structural behaviors at the life safety (LS) and collapse
prevention (CP) limit states (Refer to Section 3.1 for explanations of LS and CP limit
states.).
(1) Under the life safety (LS) level earthquake loads, the beams are allowed to yield
but the wall piers are required to remain elastic. The maximum building story drift
should be less than NEHRP-defined 2% limit.
(2) Under the collapse prevention (CP) level earthquake loads, the wall piers are
permitted to yield, and the beams may reach their ultimate deformation capacities.
The aforementioned performance criteria coincide with the definitions of
structural performance at the LS and CP levels in FEMA 356. Section 1.5.1.3 of FEMA
356 states that at the LS level earthquake, the structural components can be damaged but
the structure shall still maintain a margin against onset of partial or total collapse.
34
Correspondingly, in the proposed LS level performance, the beams are damaged but the
wall piers still remain essentially elastic to prevent the total collapse of the building.
Additionally, according to Section 1.5.1.5 of FEMA 356 the structure under the CP level
earthquake loads needs to continue to support gravity loads but retains no margin against
collapse. In the proposed CP level performance, the beams and walls are allowed to yield
or enter into the ultimate limit state, and the collapse mechanism is allowed to occur
when plastic hinges formed at the building base.
3.5.2 Changes of Design Requirements Using PBD Method
The aforementioned expected seismic response of CCW systems is different from
that based on the strength-based design method. The PBD method changes the design
demands for the coupling beams and wall piers. Figure 3.4 compares the design demands
between the strength-based method and the PBD method. The strength-based design
method requires the beams and walls yield at the code-defined base shear level. Therefore,
and are rather close to the value of , as illustrated in Figure 3.4.a. Note that
is not required to be checked because the ductility requirements and detailing
measurements for structural members in the current building codes are assumed to
guarantee to be developed.
byV wyV bV
uV
uV
In PBD method, it is acceptable that beams yield before the code-defined base
shear ( ) is reached. The value of in the figure is below the value of . This means
that the design forces in the beams are reduced because of the early yielding of the
coupling beams. On the other hand, more loads are transferred from the beams to wall
piers due to the beam yielding and therefore the PBD method increases the design forces
bV byV bV
35
of wall piers. In Figure 3.4, the value of is above the value of . The value of is
related to the onset of collapse mechanism due to plastic hinges at the building base or
when the inter-story drift for any floor reaches 2.5% of the story height, which ever
occurs first.
wyV bV uV
3.5.3 Diagonally Reinforced Concrete Coupling Beam Design by PBD Method
This section presents a group of steps to calculate the design shear stresses of
beams. Two criteria are adopted in these steps. The first criterion is that the maximum
shear stress shall not exceed 6 'cf based on the constructability issues. The second
criterion is that the parabolic distribution of coupling beam shear stresses from the
strength-based analysis shall still be reasonably retained, and different shear stresses are
assigned to the beams in different groups. The objective of allocating different shear
stresses is to make the beams yield approximately at the same time. The specific
descriptions of these steps are as follow. The beams are classified into three groups based
on their shear stresses from strength-based analysis as discussed in Section 3.4. In this
project, beams from level 2 to level 7 are classified as Group I. Beams in level 1 and from
level 8 to 10 are grouped together as Group II. The remaining beams from level 11 to
level 15 are grouped as Group III. After grouping the beams, the average shear stress in
each group is calculated. Groups I, II, and III have an average shear stress of 13.1 'cf ,
10.9 'cf , and 7.2 '
cf , respectively. The average shear stress of Group I is decreased
from 13.1 'cf to 6 '
cf . The required reduction is 7.1 'cf . Similarly, the other two
groups are shifted back by 7.1 'cf . Finally, the minimum coupling beam steel ratio is
36
reviewed. ACI 21.4.3.1 defines the minimum steel ratio to be 1 percent, which results in a
shear stress of 2.1 'cf . With the exception of Group III, for which the reduced shear
stress drops below ACI minimum requirement, the reduced shear stresses for Group I and
II are acceptable. As shown in Fig. 3.5, the final shear stresses for Group I, II, and III are
6 'cf , 3.8 '
cf , and 2.1 'cf , respectively.
The design of the diagonally reinforced concrete beam is carried out by following
the requirements in Chapter 21 of ACI 318-02. The details of the resulting coupling
beams are shown in Figs. 3.6.1, 3.6.2 and 3.6.3. These coupling beams have the same
configurations with slight difference in the amount of provided diagonal reinforcement.
The beams in Group I have 12 No. 10 bars in the diagonal cores. The beams in Group II
have 12 No. 9 bars, and beams in Group III have 12 No. 7 bars. Tables B.4.1, B.4.2, and
B.4.3 in Appendix B provide design details for the coupling beams in Groups I, II, and
III, respectively.
37
Table 3.1 Mass Participation of the First Two Modes in the Coupled Direction Mode 1 Mode 2 Total
Mode Mass (kips) xmW 17039 3869Building Actual Mass W (kips) 22987 22987Mass Participation = /W xmW 74% 17%
91%
Table 3.2 Base Shear Amplification Factor bC
Mode 1 Mode 2 Vxm (kips) 1110 645Vt SRSS of both Vxm (kips) 12840.85Vb from ELF (kips) 2227Cb =0.85Vb/Vt 1.73
38
Table 3.3.1 Beam Shears of Mode 1 after Amplifications Story Vbf
(kips) Vbt
(kips) (Vbf+AxavgVbt)
(kips) (Vbf+AxavgVbt)ρ
(kips) (Vbf+AxavgVbt)ρ/φ
(kips) Cb(Vbf+AxavgVbt)ρ/φ
(kips) 15 53.6 13.3 67.1 99.0 116.4 202.014 63.0 14.8 78.1 115.2 135.6 235.113 76.7 16.2 93.3 137.6 161.9 280.712 92.9 17.8 111.1 163.8 192.8 334.311 109.9 19.5 129.8 191.4 225.2 390.510 126.6 21.1 148.1 218.4 256.9 445.6
9 142.1 22.5 165.0 243.4 286.3 496.68 155.8 23.7 180.0 265.4 312.3 541.67 167.2 24.6 192.2 283.5 333.6 578.56 175.8 25.0 201.2 296.7 349.1 605.55 180.8 24.8 206.0 303.9 357.5 620.04 181.2 24.0 205.7 303.3 356.8 618.93 175.6 22.4 198.4 292.7 344.3 597.22 161.7 19.8 182.0 268.3 315.7 547.51 135.8 16.1 152.2 224.5 264.1 458.1
Notation: (1) Vbf is calculated by ETABS. (2) Vbt is calculated by ETABS. (3) Refer to Table B.2.1 for Axavg. (4) Refer to Table B.3.1 for ρ. (5) φ is 0.85, defined by ACI 318-02. (6) Refer to Table 3.2 for Cb.
Table 3.3.2 Beam Shears of Mode 2 after Amplifications Story Vbf (kips) Vbt (kips) (Vbf+AxavgVbt)
(kips) (Vbf+AxavgVbt)ρ
(kips) (Vbf+AxavgVbt)ρ/φ
(kips) Cb(Vbf+AxavgVbt)ρ/φ
(kips) 15 -38.54 -5.98 -47.0 -66.1 -77.8 -134.914 -44.23 -6.65 -53.7 -75.5 -88.8 -154.013 -50.01 -7.00 -60.0 -84.3 -99.2 -172.012 -53.40 -7.03 -63.4 -89.1 -104.8 -181.811 -52.64 -6.65 -62.1 -87.3 -102.7 -178.110 -46.96 -5.79 -55.2 -77.6 -91.3 -158.3
9 -36.44 -4.49 -42.8 -60.2 -70.8 -122.88 -21.74 -2.81 -25.7 -36.2 -42.6 -73.87 -4.08 -0.89 -5.3 -7.5 -8.8 -15.36 14.98 1.11 16.6 23.3 27.4 47.55 33.58 3.00 37.8 53.2 62.6 108.54 49.70 4.58 56.2 79.0 93.0 161.23 61.18 5.66 69.2 97.3 114.5 198.52 65.67 6.06 74.3 104.4 122.8 213.11 60.42 -1.88 57.7 81.2 95.5 165.6
Notation: (1) Vbf is calculated by ETABS. (2) Vbt is calculated by ETABS. (3) Refer to Table B.2.2 for Axavg. (4) Refer to Table B.3.2 for ρ. (5) φ is 0.85, defined by ACI 318-02. (6) Refer to Table 3.2 for Cb.
39
Table 3.4 SRSS of Beam Shear Forces and Related Shear Stresses Story Shear from Mode 1
(kips) Shear from Mode 2
(kips) Shear by SRSS
(kips) Shear Stress
υ (psi) υ over root fc'
15 202.0 -134.9 242.9 404.8 5.214 235.1 -154.0 281.1 468.4 6.013 280.7 -172.0 329.2 548.7 7.112 334.3 -181.8 380.6 634.3 8.211 390.5 -178.1 429.2 715.3 9.210 445.6 -158.3 472.9 788.1 10.2
9 496.6 -122.8 511.6 852.7 11.08 541.6 -73.8 546.6 911.0 11.87 578.5 -15.3 578.7 964.5 12.56 605.5 47.5 607.3 1012.2 13.15 620.0 108.5 629.5 1049.1 13.54 618.9 161.2 639.5 1065.9 13.83 597.2 198.5 629.3 1048.8 13.52 547.5 213.1 587.5 979.2 12.61 458.1 165.6 487.1 811.8 10.5
40
Y
P202
P203
P102
P103 X
P101 P201
Fig. 3.1 Labels of Wall Piers Used in the Redundancy Factor Calculation
θbθw θw
c1 c2
Dw DwD
A
B
Lines through the N.A.
s
Fig. 3.2 Deformation Relationship between Coupling Beam and Wall Piers
41
(1) Elastic Stage
(2) Transition Stage (3)Yield Stage
Fig. 3.3 Tri-Stage Failure Mechanism of CCWs in PBD
VbwyV
Vby
uV Vu
Vb
byV
wyV
(a) Strength-Based Design Method (b) Performance-Based Design Method
Fig. 3.4 Comparison of Design Demands on CCW Elements between Strength-Based Method and Performance-Based Method
42
To Meet ACI Minimum
Reinforcement Requirement 7Story
2
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
0.0 2.0
' 'f
Fig. 3.5 Ass
.1
Group II shifting
Group III shifting
10
13
3
3
4.0 6.
cf10 cf
c
'cf'
cf
'cf'
'cf
ignment of Cou
6
Group I shifting
cf
.8
10.90 8.0 10.0
pling Beam Design Shea
43
.9
.2
12.0 1
r Stresse
.1
4 'f
s
.0
.8
ACI Limit'
Shear Stresses from ElasticAnalysis of Strength-Based
Design
Group Average ShearStresses Based on Elastic Analytical
Results
Group Shear Stresses Used in PBD
c
44
#4 distributed bars @5c-c
#4 distributed bars @5.2c-c
#4 ties@6c-c
#4 ties@4c-c
#11 wall longitudinal bras
4.643.874.87
A
A
B
B
A-AB-B
6#10
6#10
Group III Beams
Group II Beams
Group I Beams
Group II Beams
diagonal box: 11"wide, 6"high (out to out)
Fig. 3.6.1 Section Details of Group I Coupling Beam
C-C3.874.87 4.64
#4 distributed bars @5c-c
#11 wall longitudinal bras
#4 ties@6c-c
#4 ties@4c-c
#4 distributed bars @5.2c-c
C D
C D
6#9
6#9
diagonal box: 11"wide, 6"high (out to out)
Fig. 3.6.2 Section Details of Group II g Beam
45
D-D
Couplin
#4 distributed bars @5c-c
4.87E-E
4.64
F
3.87
#11 wall longitudinal bras#4 distributed bars @5.2c-c
#4 ties@4c-c
#4 ties@6c-c
6#7
E F
E F
6#7
diagonal box: 11"wide, 6"high (out to out)
Fig. 3.6.3 Section Details of Group III Coupling eam
46
-F
B
Chapter 4 Design of Wall Piers
4.1 Notations
xA : Torsion amplification factor of each level in the X direction
xavgA : Average of of all levels xA
yA : Torsion amplification factor of each level in the Y direction
yavgA : Average of of all levels yA
: Base shear amplification factor bC
: Dead Load D
E : Elastic modulus
: Lateral loads in the X direction xF
: Lateral loads in the Y direction yF
: Gross moment of inertia gI
xI : Moment of inertia of wall pier about its local axis parallel to the global X axis
yI : Moment of inertia of wall pier about its local axis parallel to the global Y axis
L : Live load
L : Coupling arm
: Accidental torsion associated with lateral loads in the X direction taxM
: Accidental torsion associated with lateral loads in the Y direction tayM
xM1 : Moment in the X direction on P100 due to lateral loads in the Y direction
xM 2 : Moment in the X direction on P200 due to lateral loads in the Y direction
yM 1 : Moment in the Y direction on P100 due to lateral loads in the X direction
47
yM 2 : Moment in the Y direction on P200 due to lateral loads in the X direction
OTM: Overturning moment
P : Compression force in wall pier section
DsS : Design spectral response acceleration at short period
T : Tension force in wall pier section
byV : Beam yield shear capacity
1fxV : Shear in wall pier P101, P102 or P103 caused by lateral loads in the X
direction
2fxV : Shear in wall pier P201, P202 or P203 caused by lateral loads in the X
direction
1fyV : Shear in wall pier P101, P102 or P103 caused by lateral loads in the Y
direction
2fyV : Shear in wall pier P201, P202 or P203 caused by lateral loads in the Y
direction
strV : Story Shear
1txV : Shear in wall pier P101, P102 or P103 caused by accidental torsion in the X
direction
2txV : Shear in wall pier P201, P202 or P203 caused by accidental torsion in the X
direction
1tyV : Shear in wall pier P101, P102 or P103 caused by accidental torsion in the Y
direction
48
2tyV : Shear in wall pier P201, P202 or P203 caused by accidental torsion in the Y
direction
xV1 : Shear in the X direction on P100 due to lateral loads in the X direction
yV1 : Shear in the Y direction on P100 due to lateral loads in the Y direction
xV2 : Shear in the X direction on P200 due to lateral loads in the X direction
yV2 : Shear in the Y direction on P200 due to lateral loads in the Y direction
x : Abscissa of center of the wall pier
y : Ordinate of center of the wall pier
1.0X+0.3Y: Load combination with 100 percent of the X direction loads plus 30
percent of the Y direction loads
0.3X+1.0Y: Load combination with 30 percent of the X direction loads plus 100
percent of the Y direction loads
φ : Strength reduction factor
ρ : Redundancy factor
xρ : Redundancy factor in the X direction
yρ : Redundancy factor in the Y direction
: Coupling moment ∑ LVby
49
4.2 Introduction
The wall piers were designed by using performance-based design (PBD) method.
A simplified method, which covers the following characteristics of the PBD design
methodology, was proposed to facilitate the application of PBD method in the practical
CCW system designs.
(1) In the simplified method, internal forces on wall sections are calculated assuming
that all the coupling beams have yielded. Due to this early yielding, the forces on
wall sections are increased
(2) The tension wall and compression wall exhibit different stiffness characteristics
because of the axial load effect. Hence, they resist different percentages of the
total seismic loads. In this method, the relative stiffness ratio between the tension
wall and the compression wall is taken as 0.3/0.7 (Paulay, 2002). As a result, the
tension and compression wall piers carry 30 percent and 70 percent of the total
seismic forces, respectively.
(3) For consistency between the beam and wall analyses, modal spectrum response
method is also used.
(4) In addition to the lateral loads in the X and Y directions ( and ), the
accidental torsion in these two directions ( and ) associated with and
are also included.
xF yF
taxM tayM xF
yF
(5) The effects from , , , and are combined by following NEHRP. The
resulting axial forces and moments in two orthogonal directions are grouped
together as the demands for biaxial bending design. The shear forces are
considered separately as the requirement for shear design.
xF yF taxM tayM
50
4.3 Simplified Method for Wall Pier Analyses
A former method involving beam modified stiffness was suggested to account for
the effect of the early yielding of coupling beams (McNeice, 2004). The purpose of
manually iterating the modification of beam stiffness is to keep all beam shear forces
between the beam shear capacity ( ) and 1.25 times the capacity (1.25 ). The range
between and 1.25 is the expected beam yielding extent after considering the
reinforcement strength hardening effect. Once all beams yield simultaneously in a
particular iteration, the internal wall forces calculated by ETABS are taken as wall design
demands. Obviously, this iterative method is time consuming. Every round of iteration
requires a complete modal response spectrum analysis. Furthermore, no methodology for
the magnitude and sequence of the needed stiffness modifications has been provided. As
a result, this method is cumbersome and time-cost.
byV byV
byV byV
The simplified method proposed in this chapter does not require iteration because all
member stiffness is determined. The following requirements need to be satisfied in the
implementation of this method. Per Section 5.2.5.2.2 of NEHRP, modal response
spectrum analysis is required independently in two orthogonal directions for buildings in
seismic design category D. The most critical load effect is from the combination of 100
percent of the forces in one direction plus 30 percent of the forces in the perpendicular
direction. Therefore, the simplified method requires two independent 2-D models
respectively in the X and Y direction. In each direction, modal response spectrum
analysis is carried out accounting the lateral forces and the associated 5 percent
accidental torsion in that direction. The wall design demands are the results from these
51
two independent analyses after the combination, which is described in details in the
Section of 4.4.
4.3.1 X Direction Analyses
Figure 4.1.1 displays the free-body diagram of the coupled walls with the X
direction lateral forces as established from the design response spectrum. See Tables
C.1.1 and C.1.2 for the details of how these forces were calculated. Because the beams
are assumed to have yielded, the value of shear force at each level is equal to the beam
yield capacity ( ) at that level. As discussed previously, the axial forces (tensile on the
left walls and compressive on the right walls for the case shown in Fig. 4.1.1) change the
distribution of the lateral loads between the tension and compression walls. The tensile
wall piers (P101, P102, and P103 in Fig. 4.1.1) are assumed to resist 30% of the total
lateral loads, and the remaining 70% of the lateral loads is resisted by the compression
walls (P201, P202, and P203 in Fig. 4.1.1). The moment in the tension walls at each story
( ) is taken as 30% of the effective moment ( in Table 4.1.1), which is equal to
the overturning moment (OTM in Table 4.1.1) minus the coupling effect moment
(
byV
yM 1 EM
∑ byV L in Table 4.1.1). The moment in the compression walls at each story is 70%
taken as of the effective moment. The story shears for the tension walls ( ) and
compression walls ( ) are assumed to 30% and 70%, respectively, of the total story
shear ( ). Subsequently, is distributed equally to P101 and P102, which are in the
coupled direction. The wall pier P103 carries no shear because it is perpendicular to the
xV1
xV2
strV xV1
52
direction of lateral loads. Similarly, is divided equally between wall piers P201 and
P202. Once again, wall pier P203 carries no shear.
xV2
The modal response spectrum analysis method is employed to calculate the wall
pier design forces. The overturning moment and story shear are the SRSS results from the
first two modes in the X direction. The lateral load and the effects of each mode are
provided in Table C.1.1 and Table C.1.2. The base shear amplification factor ( listed
in Table 3.2) is also included to increase the values of the overturning moment and story
shear. The resulting X direction lateral loads along with the effective overturning
moments are listed in Table 4.1.1. The axial load, moment, and shear in the wall piers
making up the tension and compression wall piers are summarized in Table 4.1.2.
bC
Figure 4.1.2 illustrates the effects of the accidental torsion in the X direction. The
shear force in each wall pier is calculated by using the following equations, which ignore
warping of the core wall system.
txV =∑ + )( 22
yx
ytax
IyIxyIM
(4.1)
txV =∑ + )( 22
yx
xtax
IyIxIxM
(4.2)
Equation 4.1 is used for the wall piers in the X direction, i.e., P101, P102, P201, and
P202. Equation 4.2 is used for the wall piers in the Y direction, i.e., P103 and P203. The
term symbolizes the shears in wall piers caused by the X direction torsion. and
are the distances measured from the geometry center of the wall pier to the story
center of rigidity. and are the moments of inertia about the local axes parallel to the
global X and Y axes through the centroid of each wall pier, respectively. To account for
txV x
y
xI yI
53
the effects of axial load, the stiffness or for piers P101, P102, and P103 is taken as
0.3 . or for pier P201, P202, and P203 is taken as 0.7 . Table 4.2 lists the
results of the X direction torsion analysis. Combination of the lateral load and torsional
effects is discussed in Section 4.4.
xI yI
gI xI yI gI
4.3.2 Y Direction Analyses
Figure 4.2.1 shows the free-body diagram of the coupled wall under the action of
the Y direction lateral loads. The applied lateral forces from the first two modes of the Y
direction, as calculated from the design spectrum are used. (See Tables C.3.1 and C.3.2.)
Because there is no coupling effect in the Y direction, the two wall piers act as two
cantilever members with the same stiffness and equally resist the lateral loads. Hence, the
moments and shear forces in the wall piers ( and in the left wall pier, and
and in the right wall pier, see Fig. 4.2.1) are equal to one half of the total overturning
moment (OTM in Table C.3.3) and the total story shear ( in Table C.3.3),
respectively. The values of the total overturning moment and story shear were calculated
by using modal response spectrum analysis. As NEHRP requires, the first two modes in
the Y direction were included. These two modes contribute to 92 percent of mass
participation (see Table C.2.1). The lateral loads and their load effects in each mode are
listed in Table C.3.1 and Table C.3.2. The SRSS results of load effects scaled up by the
base shear amplification factor ( in Table C.2.2) are listed in Table C.3.3. The
resulting forces after the load distribution between two wall piers are summarized in
Table 4.3. Note that the walls in the perpendicular direction do not carry any shear unless
xM1 yV1 xM 2
yV2
strV
bC
54
the effects of torsion are taken into account. Wall pier P103 in the Y direction carries the
entire story shear in the left wall pier ( in Fig. 4.2.1) and wall piers P101 and P102
perpendicular to the direction of later loads carry no shear. Similarly, wall pier P203
carries the entire story shear in the right wall pier ( in Fig. 4.2.1) and wall pier P201
and P202 carries no shear.
yV1
yV2
The additional shear forces due to torsion, which in this case is accidental torsion,
are shown in Fig. 4.2.2. The analysis procedure is the same as that descried for
computing the effects of accidental torsion in the X direction. The only difference is that
the wall piers have the same stiffness values, and as a result shear forces are distributed
based on their gross stiffness. The results are listed in Table 4.4. The combinations of
additional shear forces due to torsion with shear forces from lateral loads are presented in
Section 4.4.
4.4 Load Combinations
The lateral loads in the X and Y directions ( and ) and their associated
tonsions ( and ) result in four sets of forces that need to be combined in order to
obtain the design demands for wall piers. The load combinations are carried out based on
the following NEHRP provisions. (1) Section 5.2.5.2.2 states that the most critical load
effect is assumed to be 100 percent of the forces for one direction plus 30 percent of the
forces for the perpendicular direction. (2) Section 5.4.4.2 states that torsion shall be
considered simultaneously with lateral loads in the same direction. (3) Section 5.4.4.3
states that torsional effects shall be enlarged using the torsion amplification factor ( ).
(4) Section 5.2.7 states that effects from horizontal seismic loads shall be scaled up by
xF yF
taxM tayM
xA
55
multiplying them by the redundancy factor ( ρ ). (5) Section 5.5 states that the vertical
seismic loads (taken as 0.2 ) and gravity loads (summarized in Table C.4) shall be
taken into account for load combinations in the gravity direction.
DsS D
With the aforementioned summary of NEHRP specifications, axial force, moment in
X, moment in Y, and shear force are completed from 1.0X+0.3Y and 0.3X+1.0. In each
load condition, the tension wall pier (P100 in Fig. 4.1.1) and the compression wall pier
(P200 in Fig. 4.1.1) are distinguished from each other. Note that the focus is on the wall
piers in the coupled direction.
(a) Axial Force
(a.1) 1.0X+0.3Y (100 Percent of the X Direction Loads Plus 30 Percent of the Y
Direction Loads)
For tension Wall Pier (P100) 0.9 -0.2 -D DsS D xρ T (4.3)
For Compression Wall Pier (P200) xρ P +0.2 +1.2 +0.5DsS D D L (4.4)
The redundancy factor in the X direction ( xρ in Table C.5.1) is used because for
this load condition it is the major direction (the direction with 100 percent lateral loads).
The term 0.2 represents the effects of vertical component of ground motion per
NEHRP. The terms and
DsS D
D L are the gravity loads on the wall section due to the dead
and live load, respectively (given in Table C.4). The signs of vertical earthquake load
effects in Equations 4.3 and 4.4 were selected to produce the largest axial loads in the
tension and compression wall piers.
(a.2) 0.3X+1.0Y (30 Percent of the X Direction Loads Plus 100 Percent of the Y
Direction Loads)
56
For tension Wall Pier (P100) 0.9 -0.2 -0.3D DsS D yρ T (4.5)
For Compression Wall Pier (P200) 0.3 yρ P +0.2 +1.2 +0.5DsS D D L (4.6)
For this case, 30 percent of the X direction loads are included, and therefore the
axial loads (T and P ) from the X direction loads are reduced by multiplying them by
0.3. The use of the redundancy factor yρ implies the major direction changes to the Y
direction in this condition. The resulting design axial forces, which account for biaxial
loading, are summarized in Tables 4.5.1 and 4.5.2.
(b) Moment in the X direction
(b.1) 1.0X+0.3Y (100 Percent of the X Direction Loads Plus 30 Percent of the Y
Direction Loads)
For Tension Wall Pier (P100) 0.3 xρ xM1 (4.7)
For Compression Wall Pier (P200) 0.3 xρ xM 2 (4.8)
(b.2) 0.3X+1.0Y (30 Percent of the X Direction Loads Plus 100 Percent of the Y
Direction Loads)
For Tension Wall Pier (P100) yρ xM1 (4.9)
For Compression Wall Pier (P200) yρ xM 2 (4.10)
Note that only the loads in the Y direction produce moments in the X direction.
Therefore, only and are used for case (b.1) or (b.2). However, the redundancy
factors are different because they are a function of the major direction of lateral loads.
xM1 xM 2
(c) Moment in the Y Direction
(c.1) 1.0X+0.3Y (100 Percent of the X Direction Loads Plus 30 Percent of the Y
Direction Loads)
57
For Tension Wall Pier (P100) xρ yM 1 (4.11)
For Compression Wall Pier (P200) xρ yM 2 (4.12)
(c.2) 0.3X+10Y (30 Percent of the X Direction Loads Plus 100 Percent of the Y
Direction loads)
For Tension Wall Pier (P100) 0.3 yρ yM 1 (4.13)
For Compression Wall Pier (P200) 0.3 yρ yM 2 (4.14)
The moments as computed from aforementioned cases are summarized in Table
4.5.1 and 4.5.2.
(d) Shear Force
(d.1) 1.0X+0.3Y (100 Percent of the X Direction Loads Plus 30 Percent of the Y
Direction Loads)
For Tension Wall Piers Parallel to the X Direction (P101 and P102):
xρ ( + +0.3 ) (4.15) 1fxV xavgA 1txV yavgA 1tyV
For Tension Wall Piers Parallel to the Y Direction (P103):
xρ ( +0.3 +0.3 ) (4.16) xavgA 1txV 1fyV yavgA 1tyV
For Compression Wall Piers Parallel to the X Direction (P201 and P202):
xρ ( + +0.3 ) (4.17) 2fxV xavgA 2txV yavgA 2tyV
For Compression Wall Piers Parallel to the Y Direction (P203):
xρ ( +0.3 +0.3 ) (4.18) xavgA 2txV 2fyV yavgA 2tyV
The Y direction loads have no effect in the wall piers parallel to the X direction, and
correspondingly the components or do not appear in the Equations 4.15 and
4.17. Similarly, Equations 4.16 and 4.18 do not include the effects from the X direction
1fyV 2fyV
58
lateral loads ( or ) in the wall piers parallel to the Y direction (P103 and P203).
As discussed previously (Section 4.3.1), the compression and tension wall piers resist
70% and 30% of the total X direction lateral loads, respectively. Therefore, and
are 30% and 70% of the total lateral loads in the X direction. Since the walls are not
coupled in the Y direction, the tension and compression wall piers resist 50% of the total
lateral loads in the Y direction, i.e., and are equal to 50% of the total Y
direction lateral loads. For simplicity, the average torsion amplification factors ( in
Table C.5.2 and in Table C.6.2) are used to scale up the responses due to torsion
irregularity per NEHRP 5.4.4.3. In contrast to other studies (Brienen, 2002) that have
ignored the minor direction torsion, bidirectional accidental torsion is included in this
research.
1fxV 2fxV
1fxV 2fxV
1fyV 2fyV
xavgA
yavgA
(d.2) 0.3X+1.0Y (30 Percent of the X Direction Loads Plus 100 Percent of the Y
Direction Loads)
For Tension Wall Piers Parallel to the X Direction (P101 and P102):
yρ (0.3 +0.3 + ) (4.19) 1fxV xavgA 1txV yavgA 1tyV
For Tension Wall Piers Parallel to the Y Direction (P103):
yρ (0.3 + + ) (4.20) xavgA 1txV 1fyV yavgA 1tyV
For Compression Wall Piers Parallel to the X Direction (P201 and P202):
yρ (0.3 +0.3 + ) (4.21) 2fxV xavgA 2txV yavgA 2tyV
For Compression Wall Piers Parallel to the Y Direction (P203):
yρ (0.3 + + ) (4.22) xavgA 2txV 2fyV yavgA 2tyV
59
Based on the discussion for the previous case, and are equal to 30% and
70% of the total X direction lateral loads, respectively. and are equal to 50% of
the total Y direction lateral loads.
1fxV 2fxV
1fyV 2fyV
The combined shear forces are listed in Tables 4.6.1 and 4.6.2. The shaded cells
represent the maximum shear demands for wall piers, which are used for wall design
discussed in the next section.
4.5 Wall Pier Design
The design moments (see Table 4.5.1 and 4.5.2) decrease along the building height.
The building floors are grouped into three types. Levels 1 to 3 are classified as Group I,
levels 4 to 7 as Group II , and levels 8 to 15 as Group III. Each group was designed based
on the requirements in Chapter 21 of ACI 318-02.
As Section 21.7.6 of ACI requires, boundary elements are provided at the ends of
wall flanges and the intersections between flanges and webs. The boundary element
design calculations are presented in Tables C.7.1 through C.7.3 in Appendix C. The
biaxial bending moment demands (see Tables 4.5.1 and 4.5.2) establish the longitudinal
reinforcement in the wall sections. The effects of confinement due to boundary elements
were taken into account for computing the bending moment and axial capacities of the
wall piers. A program called XTRACT (Imbsen, 2002) was used to generate the axial-
moment interaction diagrams (see Figures C.1.1 through C.1.3). These figures show that
each wall group has adequate biaxial bending capacities to resist the design forces. Shear
design of the wall pier is summarized in Table C.8.1 through C.8.3. The cross sectional
details are shown in Figures 4.3.1 through 4.3.3.
60
Table 4.1.1 Lateral Load Effects and Effective Moments in the X Direction Lateral Load Effects Beam Coupling Effects Effective Overturning Moments
Story OTM (k-ft)
Story Shear Vstr(kips)
Beam Shear Capacity Vby (two beams included)
(kips)
Coupling Moment=ΣVbyL
(k-ft)
ME=OTM-ΣVbyL (k-ft)
15 3060 335 229 4953 -189314 9048 655 229 9907 -85813 17381 913 229 14860 252112 27484 1110 229 19813 767011 38828 1254 229 24767 1406110 50979 1360 382 33023 17956
9 63634 1445 382 41278 223558 76642 1529 382 49534 271087 90003 1626 485 60019 299846 103833 1741 485 70504 333295 118301 1867 485 80988 373134 133566 1992 485 91473 420933 149710 2100 485 101958 477522 166705 2180 485 112442 542631 190340 2227 382 120698 69642
Notations: (1) Refer to Table C.1.3 for calculations of lateral load effects. (2) L, the coupling arm, is 21.6 ft shown in Fig. 4.1.1.
Table 4.1.2 X Direction Lateral Load Effect Distribution between Wall Piers Left Side Wall P100 in Tension Right Side Wall P200 in Compression
Story T=ΣVby (kips)
M1y =0.3ME (k-ft)
V1x =0.3Vstr (kips)
Vfx1 on P101=0.5V1x(kips)
Vfx1 on P102=0.5V1x(kips)
Vfx1 on P103 (kips)
P=ΣVby(kips)
M2y =0.7ME(k-ft)
V2x =0.7Vstr(kips)
Vfx2 on P201=0.5V2x (kips)
Vfx2 on P202=0.5V2x (kips)
Vfx2 on P203 (kips)
15 229 -568 100 50 50 0 229 -1325 234 117 117 014 459 -258 196 98 98 0 459 -601 458 229 229 013 688 756 274 137 137 0 688 1765 639 319 319 012 917 2301 333 166 166 0 917 5369 777 388 388 011 1147 4218 376 188 188 0 1147 9843 878 439 439 010 1529 5387 408 204 204 0 1529 12569 952 476 476 0
9 1911 6707 434 217 217 0 1911 15649 1012 506 506 08 2293 8132 459 229 229 0 2293 18976 1070 535 535 07 2779 8995 488 244 244 0 2779 20989 1138 569 569 06 3264 9999 522 261 261 0 3264 23330 1219 609 609 05 3749 11194 560 280 280 0 3749 26119 1307 654 654 04 4235 12628 598 299 299 0 4235 29465 1394 697 697 03 4720 14326 630 315 315 0 4720 33427 1470 735 735 02 5206 16279 654 327 327 0 5206 37984 1526 763 763 01 5588 20893 668 334 334 0 5588 48749 1559 779 779 0
Notation: See Fig. 4.1.1 for the locations of P100, P101, P102, P103, P200, P201, P202 and P203.
61
Table 4.2 X Direction Torsion Analysis Shear on Tension Wall Components
(kips) Shear on Compression Wall
Components (kips) Story Mtax (k-ft) Vtx1 on P101 Vtx1 on P102 Vtx1 on
P103 Vtx2 on P201 Vtx2 on P202
Vtx2 on P203
15 1668 2 -2 -34 5 -5 8014 3267 4 -4 -67 10 -10 15713 4552 6 -6 -94 13 -13 21912 5535 7 -7 -114 16 -16 26611 6256 8 -8 -129 19 -19 30110 6782 9 -9 -140 20 -20 326
9 7208 9 -9 -149 21 -21 3478 7627 10 -10 -157 23 -23 3677 8111 10 -10 -167 24 -24 3906 8683 11 -11 -179 26 -26 4185 9313 12 -12 -192 28 -28 4484 9934 13 -13 -205 29 -29 4783 10474 13 -13 -216 31 -31 5042 10871 14 -14 -224 32 -32 5231 11107 14 -14 -229 33 -33 534
Notation: See Fig. 4.1.2 for the locations of P101, P102, P103, P201, P202 and P203.
Table 4.3 Y Direction Lateral Load Effect Distribution between Wall Piers P100 P200
Story M1x=0.5 OTM (k-ft)
V1y=0.5 Vstr (kips)
Vfy1 on P101 (kips)
Vfy1on P102 (kips)
Vfy2 on P103 =V1y (kips)
M2x=0.5OTM (k-ft)
V2y=0.5Vstr (kips)
Vfy2 on P201 (kips)
Vfy2 on P202 (kips)
Vfy2 on P203 =V2y (kips)
15 1561 170 0 0 170 1561 170 0 0 17014 4573 329 0 0 329 4573 329 0 0 32913 8712 452 0 0 452 8712 452 0 0 45212 13673 544 0 0 544 13673 544 0 0 54411 19196 611 0 0 611 19196 611 0 0 61110 25078 660 0 0 660 25078 660 0 0 660
9 31194 702 0 0 702 31194 702 0 0 7028 37491 745 0 0 745 37491 745 0 0 7457 43990 796 0 0 796 43990 796 0 0 7966 50757 856 0 0 856 50757 856 0 0 8565 57877 921 0 0 921 57877 921 0 0 9214 65424 985 0 0 985 65424 985 0 0 9853 73433 1041 0 0 1041 73433 1041 0 0 10412 81890 1084 0 0 1084 81890 1084 0 0 10841 93690 1114 0 0 1114 93690 1114 0 0 1114
Notations: (1) See Fig. 4.2.1 for the locations of P100, P101, P102, P103, P200, P201, P202 and P203. (2) Refer to Table C.3.3 for calculations of lateral load effects, i.e, OTM and Vstr.
62
Table 4.4 Y Direction Torsion Analysis Shear on Left Side Wall Components
(kips) Shear on Right Side Wall Components
(kips) Story Mtay
(k-ft) Vty1 on P101 Vty1 on P102 Vty1 on P103 Vty2 on P201 Vty2 on P202 Vty2 on P203
15 1702 4 -4 58 4 -4 -5814 3287 7 -7 113 7 -7 -11313 4523 10 -10 155 10 -10 -15512 5443 12 -12 187 12 -12 -18711 6107 13 -13 210 13 -13 -21010 6598 14 -14 227 14 -14 -227
9 7017 15 -15 241 15 -15 -2418 7452 16 -16 256 16 -16 -2567 7964 17 -17 274 17 -17 -2746 8561 18 -18 294 18 -18 -2945 9208 19 -19 316 19 -19 -3164 9846 21 -21 338 21 -21 -3383 10408 22 -22 358 22 -22 -3582 10844 23 -23 372 23 -23 -3721 11135 24 -24 382 24 -24 -382
Notation: See Fig. 4.2.2 for the locations of P101, P102, P103, P201, P202 and P203.
Table 4.5.1 Design Demands for Biaxial Bending Design with 1.0X+0.3Y Combination
P100 (Biaxial Bending Case 1) P200 (Biaxial Bending Case 2)
Tension (kips) Mx (k-ft) My (k-ft) Compression (kips) Mx (k-ft) My (k-ft)Story (0.9D-0.2SDsD -
ρxT)/Φ 0.3ρxM1x/Φ ρxM1y/Φ (ρxP+0.2SDsD+1.2D+0.5L)/Φ 0.3ρxM2x/Φ ρxM2y/Φ
15 -192 756 -917 751 756 -213914 -385 2214 -416 1502 2214 -97013 -577 4218 1221 2253 4218 284912 -769 6620 3714 3004 6620 866611 -962 9294 6808 3755 9294 1588510 -1401 12142 8694 4753 12142 20286
9 -1840 15103 10824 5751 15103 252568 -2279 18152 13125 6749 18152 306257 -2885 21299 14518 7913 21299 338756 -3490 24575 16137 9077 24575 376535 -4096 28023 18066 10242 28023 421544 -4702 31677 20381 11406 31677 475553 -5307 35555 23121 12570 35555 539482 -5913 39649 26273 13735 39649 613031 -6322 45363 33719 14792 45363 78678
Notations: (1) Refer to Table C.4 in Appendix C for values of D and L (2) Refer to Table C.5.2 for the value of ρx (3) Φ is 0.9 for tension controlled failure.
63
Table 4.5.2 Design Demands for Biaxial Bending Design with 0.3X+1.0Y Combination
P100 (Biaxial Bending Case 3) P200 (Biaxial Bending Case 4)
Tension (kips) Mx (k-ft) My (k-ft) Compression (kips) Mx (k-ft) My (k-ft) Story (0.9D-0.2SDsD -
0.3ρyT)/Φ ρyM1x/Φ 0.3ρyM1y/Φ(0.3ρyP+0.2SDsD+1.2D+0.5L)/Φ ρyM2x/Φ 0.3ρyM2y/Φ
15 79 2230 -243 479 2230 -56814 159 6533 -110 958 6533 -25813 238 12446 324 1438 12446 75612 318 19533 986 1917 19533 230111 397 27422 1808 2396 27422 421810 411 35826 2309 2941 35826 5387
9 425 44562 2874 3486 44562 67078 439 53559 3485 4030 53559 81327 409 62843 3855 4619 62843 89956 379 72509 4285 5208 72509 99995 349 82681 4797 5797 82681 111944 318 93463 5412 6386 93463 126283 288 104905 6140 6975 104905 143262 258 116985 6977 7564 116985 162791 302 133843 8954 8169 133843 20893
Notations: (1) Refer to Table C.4 in Appendix C for values of D and L. (2) Refer to Table C.6.2 for the value of ρy (3) Φ is 0.9 for tension controlled failure.
Table 4.6.1 Design Demands for Shear Design with 1.0X+0.3Y Combination
Shear with 1.0X+0.3Y Effect Combination (kips) P101 P102 P103 P201 P202 P203
Storyρx(Vfx1+Vtx1Axavg
+0.3Vty1Ayavg) /Φ ρx(Vfx1+Vtx1Axavg
+0.3Vty1Ayavg) /Φ
ρx(Vtx1Axavg+ 0.3Vfy1+0.3Vty1A
yavg) /Φ
ρx(Vfx2+Vtx2Axavg+0.3Vty2 Ayavg)
/Φ
ρx(Vfx2+Vtx2Axavg+0.3Vty2 Ayavg)
/Φ
ρx(Vtx2Axavg+ 0.3Vfy2+0.3Vty2
Ayavg) /Φ 15 104 104 207 239 239 29914 203 203 402 468 468 58313 283 283 556 652 652 80712 344 344 671 793 793 97711 389 389 755 896 896 110010 422 422 816 972 972 1191
9 448 448 868 1032 1032 12668 474 474 921 1093 1093 13427 504 504 982 1162 1162 14306 540 540 1054 1244 1244 15345 579 579 1133 1334 1334 16474 618 618 1211 1423 1423 17593 652 652 1279 1501 1501 18572 676 676 1330 1558 1558 19311 691 691 1364 1591 1591 1977
Notations: (1) Refer to Table C.5.2 for the value of ρx. (2) Refer to Table C.5.1 for the value of Axavg. (3) Φ is 0.75 for shear design.
64
Table 4.6.2 Design Demands for Shear Design with 0.3X+1.0Y Combination Shear with 1.0X+0.3Y Effect Combination (kips)
P101 P102 P103 P201 P202 P203 Story ρy(Vty1Ayavg+0.3
Vfx1+0.3Vtx1Axavg
) /Φ
ρy(Vty1Ayavg+0.3Vfx1+0.3Vtx1Axavg
) /Φ
ρy(Vfy1+Vty1Ayavg
+0.3Vtx1Axavg) /Φ
ρy(Vty2Ayavg+0.3Vfx2+0.3Vtx2Axavg
) /Φ
ρy(Vty2Ayavg+0.3Vfx2+0.3Vtx2Axavg
) /Φ
ρy(Vfy2+Vty2Ayavg
+0.3Vtx2Axavg) /Φ
15 34 34 426 70 70 45014 66 66 823 137 137 87113 92 92 1133 190 190 120012 112 112 1364 231 231 144511 127 127 1531 261 261 162310 137 137 1655 283 283 17549 146 146 1759 301 301 18658 154 154 1868 319 319 19807 164 164 1996 339 339 21156 176 176 2145 363 363 22735 189 189 2307 389 389 24444 202 202 2467 415 415 26123 213 213 2607 438 438 27612 221 221 2716 455 455 28751 226 226 2788 465 465 2951
Notations: (1) Refer to Table C.6.2 for the value of.ρy. (2) Refer to Table C.6.1 for the value of Ayavg. (3) Φ is 0.75 for shear design.
65
V1x
M1y 2y
2x
M
P
X Modal Lateral LoadTension Wall P100 Compression Wall P200
TV
A A
P102
P101
P103
P202
P201
P203Vstr
0.5V1x
0.5V1x
0.5V2x
0.5V2x
V1x=0.3Vstr
strV 0.7V2x=
A-A
X
Y
L
Lines through Beam Inflection Points
Beam Axial Force
Bea
m S
hear
Ca p
acity
Bea
m S
hear
Cap
acity
Beam Axial Force
F.B.D
Notation: The stiffness ratio between P100 and P200 is 0.3/0.7 due to the coupling effect.
Fig. 4.1.1 X Direction Lateral Load Analysis
tx on P203VMtax
Tension Wall P100 Compression Wall P200tx on P202VV tx on P102
V tx on P103
VV tx on P101 tx on P201
X
Y
Notation: The stiffness ratio between P100 and P200 is 0.3/0.7 due to the coupling effect.
Fig.4.1.2 X Direction Torsion Analysis
66
Y Modal Lateral Load
1xMV1y,V2y
,M 2x
P100 (P200)
0.5VV 2y= str
V
P201
P202
V
A-A
P103
str P101
P10 2
2y
P203
X
Y
0.5V1y= V strV1y
AA
Notation: P100 and P200 have the same stiffness without the coupling effect.
Fig. 4.2.1 Y Direction Lateral Load Analysis
ty on P203VMtay
P200ty on P202VV ty on P102
V ty on P103
VV ty on P101 ty on P201
P100
X
Y
Notation: P100 and P200 have the same stiffness without the coupling effect.
Fig.4.2.2 Y Direction Torsion Analysis
67
6 .80
6.80
5.415.41
5.416.80
6.80
6.80
6 .80
85.
41
Distributed reinforcement in the flangetwo curtainsvertical:#7 @8" c-chorizontal: #7@8" c-c
horizontal: #7@ 10" c-cvertical:#7 @10" c-ctwo curtainsDistributed reinforcement in the web
transverse confinement bar:#7@5" c-c
transverse confinement bar:#7@5" c-clongitudinal bars:39 #11
longitudinal bars:24 #11
7
Group I Walls
Group II Walls
Group III Walls
Fig. 4.3.1 Section Details of Wall Group I
68
6.80
6 .80
5.41 5.415.415.41
6.806.80
6.80
6.80
Distributed reinforcement in the flangetwo curtainsvertical:#7 @10" c-chorizontal: #7@10" c-c
horizontal: #7@10" c-cvertical:#7 @10" c-ctwo curtainsDistributed reinforcement in the web
transverse confinement bar:#7@5" c-c
transverse confinement bar:#7@5" c-clongitudinal bras:24 #11
longitudinal bras:9 #11
3x5.
41
Fig. 4.3.2 Section Details of Wall Group II
69
6.80
6.80
6.806.80
6.80
6.80
1 0.8
2
5 .41
Distributed reinforcement in the flangetwo curtainsvertical:#7 @16" c-chorizontal: #7@16" c-c
horizontal: #7@18" c-cvertical:#7 @18" c-ctwo curtainsDistributed reinforcement in the web
transverse confinement bar:#7@8" c-c
transverse confinement bar:#7@8" c-c
10.8210.82
longitudinal bars:14 #11longitudinal bars:6 #11
Fig. 4.3.3 Section Details of Wall Group III
70
Chapter 5 Studies of Behaviors of Diagonally Reinforced Concrete
Coupling Beams
5.1 Notations
cA : Confined core area
sA : Area of the reinforcement in one diagonal core
b : Beam width
yC : Yield compression force of a diagonal core
uC : Ultimate compression force of a diagonal core
bd : Diameter of reinforcement
E : Elastic modulus
cE : Elastic modulus of concrete
secE : Secant modulus of concrete
rE : Post-yielding residual stiffness
cf ( yε ): Concrete stress at the steel yielding strain, yε represents steel yield strain
'ccf : Confined concrete strength
yf : Steel yield strength
uf : Steel ultimate strength
h : Beam depth
gI : Gross moment of inertia
eI : Effective moment of inertia
71
L : Beam span
yM : Beam yield moment capacity
uM : Beam ultimate moment capacity
yT : Yield tension force of a diagonal core
uT : Ultimate tension force of a diagonal core
yV : Beam yield shear capacity
uV : Beam ultimate shear capacity
α : Inclination of a diagonal core
T∆ : Elongation of the diagonal tension core
C∆ : Shortening of the diagonal compression core
y∆ : Beam yield vertical deformation between two ends
u∆ : Beam ultimate vertical deformation between two ends
cε : Unconfined concrete peak strain
ccε : Confined concrete peak strain
yε : Steel yield strain
uε : Steel ultimate strain
yθ : Beam yield chord rotation
uθ : Beam ultimate chord rotation
72
5.2 Objective
Tables 6.18 and 6.19 in FEMA 356 (Federal Emergency Management Agency,
2000) provide values for strength and rotation capacities of diagonally reinforced
concrete coupling beams. However, the stated capacities do not correspond to those
observed experimentally and are conservative. Nonlinear modeling of coupled core wall
structures requires accurate assessment of rotation capacity and strength of diagonally
reinforced coupling beams. Using experimental data from tests conducted between 1970s
and 2000s, two previously proposed analytical models and FEMA 356 were evaluated. A
new model was developed to overcome the deficiencies of the available models, and to
better predict the expected rotation capacity and strength of diagonally reinforced
coupling beams.
5.3 Test Data
The database (Shahrooz, 2005) contains data from 16 tests, as shown in Table 5.1.
The following tests were included in the data base.
(a) Three beams tested by Paulay in 1974 (Paulay, 1974). One of the beams had
an unconfined concrete core whereas the other two specimens were with
confined concrete.
(b) A diagonally reinforced concrete beam tested by Santhakumar in 1974 at the
University of Canterbury in New Zealand (Paulay, Santhakumar, 1976).
(c) Two specimens with unconfined concrete cores tested by Barney (Barney et
al., 1978).
(d) Two beams with confined cores tested by Tassios (Tassios, 1996).
73
(e) A series of tests containing seven specimens conducted by Galano (Galano,
2000).
(f) A specimen with confined core tested in 2001 by Hindi (Hindi, 2001).
5.4 Evaluation of Theoretical Models
5.4.1 Paulay’s Model (Paulay, 2002)
This model is structured with the assumption that the concrete in cores of the
coupling beam can stabilize the diagonal steels from buckling but has no contribution to
the beam capacity. At the time of steel bars yielding, the concrete has already cracked
severely and lost its capacity. Hence, the steel bars predominantly control the strength of
the beam.
The capacity of a diagonal coupling beam is calculated based on the statically
determined model illustrated in Fig. 5.1. The yield forces of diagonal steel bars are
calculated by Equation 5.1. The term represents tension force and the term
symbolizes the compression force. Due to the symmetric configuration of the beam in the
two diagonal directions, is equal to . Using equilibrium equations, the yield shear
capacity ( ) and yield moment capacity ( ) are computed by Equations 5.2 and 5.3.
yT yC
yT yC
yV yM
yT = = (5.1) yC sA yf
yV =2 sinyT α (5.2)
yM = yV L /2 (5.3)
74
Paulay’s model is based on a perfect elastic-plastic strain stress model for the
steel bars. Therefore, the beam ultimate strengths, which occur at the steel ultimate strain,
are equal to the yield strengths as Equation 5.4 shows.
uV = , = (5.4) yV uM yM
The second part of the model deals with the coupling beam deformations. The
elongation of the diagonal tension chord ( T∆ ) of a coupling beam at the time yielding of
bars can be expressed by Equation 5.5. The first term in the parentheses is the elongation
of the bars and the second term is the deformation due to the anchorage sliding.
T∆ = yε ( L /cosα +16 ) (5.5) bd
Experimental data suggest that the shortening ( C∆ ) of the diagonal compression
chord is 30 percent of . The average diagonal deformation is (T∆ T∆ + )/2. By
referring to Fig. 5.2, deformation
C∆
y∆ is the vertical component of the average diagonal
deformation. If the inclination of the diagonal is α , y∆ is calculated by Equation 5.6.
The chord rotation yθ , calculated as the ratio of y∆ to the beam span L , is obtained
from Equation 5.7.
y∆ =( +T∆ C∆ )/(2sinα )=1.3 T∆ /(2sinα )=0.65 yε ( L /cosα +16 )/sinbd α (5.6)
yθ = y∆ / L (5.7)
At the ultimate limit state, the strain of a bar reaches uε . An empirical equation
(Segui, 2003) considering 1 percent strain hardening effect is used to establish uε . This
relationship is shown in Equation 5.8. The vertical deformation and chord rotation at the
75
ultimate state ( and u∆ uθ ) is calculated by replacing yε in Equations 5.6 and 5.7
with uε .
uε =12 yε +( - )/(0.1uf yf E ) (5.8)
u∆ =0.65 uε ( L /cosα +16 )/sinbd α (5.9)
uθ = u∆ / L (5.10)
Using Equations 5.1 to 5.10, the capacities and chord rotations at the yield and
ultimate limit states of the 16 beams in the database were calculated. The results are listed
in Table 5.2.
5.4.2 Hindi’s Model (Hindi, 2001)
Riyadh Hindi proposed a truss model to analyze the capacity and deformation of
diagonally reinforced concrete coupling beams (Hindi and Sexsmith, 2001). This model
is similar to Paulay’s model except that confined diagonal concrete is assumed to develop
its compression strength and contribute toward capacity. This assumption is based on
axial restraining effects of floor slabs that can prevent formation of large cracks.
As shown in Fig 5.3, at the onset of yielding, the diagonal tension force is
equal to . The diagonal compression force includes yielding force of the
diagonal bars and the concrete compression force, as expressed in Equation 5.11.
yT
sA yf yC
yC = +sA yf cA )( ycf ε (5.11)
In this equation, is the confined concrete core area and cA )( ycf ε is the concrete stress
at the steel yielding strain yε . The shear capacity is the sum of the vertical components of
and , as shown in Equation 5.12 shows. yC yT
76
yV =( + )sinyT yC α (5.12)
At the ultimate limit state, the steel remains at its yielding strength and the
concrete reaches the peak strain. Hence, the tension force remains the same as ,
but the concrete compression force is changed to , as shown in Equation 5.13.
uT sA yf
cA'
ccf
uC = + (5.13) sA yf cA'
ccf
In this equation, is confined concrete strength at its peak strain 'ccf ccε . The ultimate
capacity is calculated from Equation 5.14.
uV =( + )sinuT uC α (5.14)
The deformations at yield and ultimate limit states are calculated based on the
assumption that shortening and elongation along the two diagonal directions are the
same. Moreover, deformations in the anchorage region are ignored. Therefore, Equation
5.6 is rewritten as Equation 5.15 and yθ is calculated from Equation 5.16.
y∆ = yε L /sinα (5.15)
yθ = y∆ / L = yε / sinα (5.16)
Similar to Paulay’s model, vertical deformation and chord rotation at the ultimate
limit state ( and u∆ uθ ) are obtained by replacing yε with ccε in the previous equations
to obtain Equations 5.17 and 5.18.
u∆ = ccε L /sinα (5.17)
uθ = u∆ / L = ccε / sinα (5.18)
The calculated deformations and capacities of the 16 beams in the database are
calculated based on the aforementioned equations. The results are organized in Table 5.3.
77
5.5 FEMA 356 (Federal Emergency Management Agency, 2000)
Section 6.8.2.3 of FEMA 356 states that the nominal flexure and shear strength of
a diagonally reinforced concrete beam shall be evaluated using principles and equations
from Chapter 21 of ACI 318-02. ACI 318-02 uses the same equation as Paulay’s model
to get the beam strength. Therefore, FEMA 356 and Paulay’s model are identical in how
strengths of diagonally reinforced concrete beams are calculated. However, the two
methods are different in so far as how deformation capacities are calculated.
FEMA 356 provides an effective stiffness value ( ) of 0.5 for the coupling
beam. Assuming the coupling beam is deformed in double curvature like a typical elastic
beam with two fixed ends, the vertical deformation of the beam can be derived from the
following equation.
eI CE gI
y∆ = /(6 ) = /(3 ) (5.19) yM2L CE eI yM
2L CE gI
The chord rotation at yield is calculated by dividing y∆ by the span length ( L ).
For the post-yield stage, a value of 0.030 is suggested by FEMA 356 as the
difference between the ultimate chord rotation and the yield rotation. Thus, the ultimate
chord rotation uθ is equal to yθ plus 0.030, as shown in Equation 5.20.
uθ = yθ +0.030 (5.20)
Table 5.4 lists the calculated capacities and deformations of the 16 beams in the database.
5.6 Statistical Analyses and Evaluation of Methods
The calculated yield strength, ultimate strength, yield chord rotation, and ultimate
chord rotation are compared against the corresponding measured values. The ratios of the
78
computed to the measured values are tabulated in Table 5.5. Clearly, the models capture
the observed capacities if this ratio is close to 1.0. Each of the aforementioned quantities
is evaluated in the following subsections.
5.6.1 Yield Strength
FEMA 356 and Paulay’s models produce capacities larger than the actual values
for only 4 cases out of 16 test specimens. The average yield strength from FEMA or
Paulay’s model is 0.84 times the measured value with a coefficient of variation of 28%.
The lower calculated capacity may be attributed to the fact that FEMA 356 and Paulay’s
model ignore the contribution of the core concrete to the beam capacity. For Hindi’s
model, the average value is 1.38 and coefficient of variation is 24%. Hence, Hindi’s
model tends to overestimate the yield capacity. Among the 16 specimens, the capacity for
only 1 case is less than the test value. The overestimation of capacity from Hindi’s model
is apparently because the contribution of confined core concrete is estimated excessively.
5.6.2 Ultimate Strength
Similar to yield strength, FEMA or Paulay’s model underestimates the coupling
beam ultimate strength. For all of the16 specimens, the ultimate capacities from FEMA
356 or Paulay’s model are less than the test values. The average value is 0.69 with a
coefficient of variation of 12%. For Hindi’s model, 3 cases out of the 16 specimens have
smaller ultimate capacities than the test values. The average value of calculated/measured
ultimate capacity is 1.32 and coefficient of variation is 30%. The results indicate again
79
that Hindi’s model overestimates the beam ultimate strength as it does for calculating the
yield strength.
5.6.3 Yield Chord Rotation
Compared with the experimental results, extremely small yield rotations are
produced by using FEMA method. None of the calculated yield rotations is larger than
the measured rotations, with the average and coefficient of variation of
calculated/measured ratio being 0.11 and 105%, respectively. The results imply that
FEMA method can not accurately represent the real behavior of coupling beams. The
major difference is attributed to the use of elastic beam analysis method in FEMA 356.
This method appears to be applicable to the conventional beams but inappropriate for
diagonally reinforced concrete beams as the deformation characteristics of the diagonally
reinforced beams and conventionally reinforced beams are significantly different (Park
and Paulay, 1975).
Hindi’s model results in the average value and coefficient of variation of
calculated/measured ratio of 0.99 and 46%, respectively. These values suggest that
Hindi’s model apparently provides good estimates of the yield rotation for diagonally
reinforced concrete beams.
The yield rotations as computed by Paulay’s method are smaller than the
experimental values for 13 out of 16 specimens in the database. The average value and
coefficient of variation of calculated/measured ratio is 0.82 and 45%, respectively.
Hence, Paulay’s method also tends to underestimate the yield deformation capacity.
5.6.4 Ultimate Chord Rotation
80
The tabulated results in Table 5.5 indicate that Hindi’s model can’t accurately
predict the ultimate chord rotations. The average value of calculated/measured is 0.31
with a coefficient of variation of 72%. The calculated ultimate chord rotations for all the
specimens are less than the measured values. The difference is due to how the ultimate
limit state is defined in Hindi’s model and test data. In Hindi’s model, the ultimate limit
state corresponds to when the core concrete reaches its peak strain ccε . However, the
ultimate limit state in the test data is taken as when the steel bars reach the ultimate
tensile strain uε , which is typically larger than ccε .
FEMA method estimates the ultimate chord rotation much better than it does the
yield chord rotation. The average value of calculated/measured ultimate chord rotation is
0.88 with a coefficient of variation of 32%. The better performance is partially attributed
to the incremental value of 0.030 used to relate the yield chord rotation to the ultimate
chord rotation (Fig. 5.4). The large value of 0.030 partly masks the effects of the
extremely small yield chord rotation calculated from FEMA method.
With the exception of one case, Paulay’s model results in larger ultimate chord
rotations than the test data. The average value of calculated/measured ultimate chord
rotation is 2.39 with the coefficient of variation of 36%.
5.7 Modified Model
Considering the values of yield strength, ultimate strength, yield rotation, and
ultimate rotation, Paulay’s model appears to be the most appropriate model to capture the
behavior of diagonally reinforced concrete coupling beams. This model can adequately
81
predict the behavior at the yield but not as well the ultimate responses. A modified
version of Paulay’s model is proposed herein.
In the modified model, Equation 5.2 is still used to calculate the yield strength of
the beam. To account for the strain hardening at the ultimate limit state, which is
neglected in Paulay’s model, the proposed model assumes a 25% increase in the yield
capacity, i.e.,
uV =1.25 (5.21) yV
For the yield chord rotation, Equation 5.6 is used in the modified model except
that the anchorage term is increased from 16 to 40 . The value of 40 is based on
the assumption of having 20 of anchorage length (as recommended by ACI-ASCE
Committee 352 Provisions for monolithic beam-column connections (ACI 352R-02)) on
either end of diagonal bar. Therefore, Equation 5.6 is changed to the following
expression.
bd bd bd
bd
y∆ =0.65 yε ( L /cosα +40 )/sinbd α (5.22)
Once the yield strength, ultimate strength, and yield chord rotation are
determined, the ultimate chord rotation is calculated by Equation 5.23 (see Fig. 5.5).
uθ = yθ +( - )/ (5.23) uV yV rE
In this equation, is the post yield modulus of elasticity. FEMA 356 suggests that
ranges between 0 and 10% of the elastic stiffness (
rE rE
E ). A value of 5% is used in the
proposed model.
The calculated values from the proposed model are summarized in Table 5.6. As
evident from the comparisons of the calculated versus the measured values, the proposed
82
model reproduces the test data appreciably better than existing models discussed in the
previous sections. The average values and coefficients of variation from the proposed
model of the calculated/measured ratio of yield capacity, ultimate capacity, yield rotation,
and ultimate rotation are respectively 0.84 and 28%, 0.87 and 12%, 1.09 and 44%, 1.20
and 44%. The proposed model will be used in the simulation studies described in Chapter
6.
83
Table 5.1 Diagonally Reinforced Concrete Beam Test Database (Organized By Drs. Shahrooz and Harries) L Depth b Diagonal
span h width SteelVy θy Vu θu
Researcher
ID(in) (in) (in)
L/h f'c (ksi)db (in) As (in2) fy (ksi) fu (ksi) α(deg)
Ac (in2) (kips) (rad) (kips) (rad)
0.88 2.40 41.8 316 40.00 31.00 6.00 1.29 4.825 1.00 2.37 41.7
34.9 18 125.00 0.004000 151.50 0.058000
0.88 2.40 44.4317 40.00
31.00 6.00 1.29 7.3481.00 2.37 39.2
34.9 18 110.00 0.003500 130.00 0.025500
0.88 2.40 37.6
Paulay & Binney, 1974
395 40.00
39.00 6.00 1.03 5.1501.00 2.37 41.6
41.9 18 110.00 0.003500 143.00 0.045000
CB-2A 19.69 19.69 5.12 1.00 4.133 0.39 0.49 73.10 110.80 37.2 15.5 48.11 0.014800 63.62 0.028500Tassios et al., 1996 CB-2B 19.69 11.81 5.12 1.66 3.814 0.39 0.49 73.10 110.80 19.8 15.5 25.85 0.017000 38.22 0.031250
P05 b1 23.62 15.75 5.91 1.50 5.787 0.39 0.49 82.23 95.72 25.5 15.5 53.84 0.008420 52.56 0.030000P06 b1 23.62 15.75 5.91 1.50 6.672 0.39 0.49 82.23 95.72 25.5 15.5 49.72 0.008584 54.14 NA P07 b1 23.62 15.75 5.91 1.50 7.832 0.39 0.49 82.23 95.72 25.5 15.5 48.14 0.007259 52.59 0.026600P08 b1 23.62 15.75 5.91 1.50 7.745 0.39 0.49 82.23 95.72 25.5 15.5 47.81 0.006878 51.44 NA P10 b2 23.62 15.75 5.91 1.50 6.788 0.39 0.49 82.23 95.72 25.5 15.5 54.24 0.007750 52.56 0.027700P11 b2 23.62 15.75 5.91 1.50 5.787 0.39 0.49 82.23 95.72 25.5 15.5 43.42 0.007860 52.81 NA
Galano and Vignoli, 2000
P12 b2 23.62 15.75 5.91 1.50 6.033 0.39 0.49 82.23 95.72 25.5 15.5 44.66 0.009762 53.51 0.0250000.38 0.22 70.70 104.70C6 16.67 6.67 4.00 2.50 2.620 0.50 0.20 59.20 103.20
19.1 0 7.80 0.006599 13.40 0.053389
0.38 0.22 82.50 125.10PCA, 1978
C8 33.33 6.67 4.00 5.00 3.470 0.50 0.20 62.80 102.50
9.8 0 4.30 0.006306 7.50 0.087582
Hindi et al., 2001 1 48.00 17.50 12.00 2.74 5.163 1.18 4.38 67.30 90.07 12.4 30.315 148.38 0.008197 204.59 0.049180
Santhakumar, 1974 B 15.00 12.00 3.00 1.25 4.352 0.375
0.25 0.32 47.07 65.09 35.6 1.27 56.50 0.002400 NA 0.035000
Notation: The shaded cells are for the specimens with unconfined cores. The non-shaded cells are for the specimens with confined cores.
84
Table 5.2 Strengths and Deformations Calculated According to Paulay’s Model
Yield Limit State Ultimate Limit State ID Vy=2Asfysinα
(kips) εy=fy/Es
∆y=1.3(L/cosα+16db)εy/(2sinα)
(in)
θy=∆y/L (rad)
εu=12εy+(fu-fy)/(0.1Es)
∆u=1.3(L/cosα+16db)εu/(2sinα)
(in)
θu=∆u/L (rad)
Vu=Vy(kips)
316 113.94 0.0014 0.104294 0.002607 0.02879 2.085878 0.052147 113.94
317 114.12 0.0014 0.104459 0.002611 0.02884 2.089177 0.052229 114.12
395 126.11 0.0014 0.091324 0.002283 0.02730 1.826478 0.045662 126.11
CB-2A 43.07 0.0025 0.084004 0.004267 0.04325 1.441408 0.073224 43.07CB-2B 24.11 0.0025 0.131670 0.006689 0.04325 2.259288 0.114772 24.11
P05 b1 34.46 0.0028 0.139081 0.005888 0.03868 1.897100 0.080311 34.46 P06 b1 34.46 0.0028 0.139081 0.005888 0.03868 1.897100 0.080311 34.46 P07 b1 34.46 0.0028 0.139081 0.005888 0.03868 1.897100 0.080311 34.46 P08 b1 34.46 0.0028 0.139081 0.005888 0.03868 1.897100 0.080311 34.46 P10 b2 34.46 0.0028 0.139081 0.005888 0.03868 1.897100 0.080311 34.46P11 b2 34.46 0.0028 0.139081 0.005888 0.03868 1.897100 0.080311 34.46P12 b2 34.46 0.0028 0.139081 0.005888 0.03868 1.897100 0.080311 34.46
C6 8.97 0.0022 0.109763 0.006584 0.04037 1.969989 0.118176 8.97
C8 5.25 0.0025 0.390819 0.011726 0.04481 6.946094 0.208404 5.25
1 126.66 0.0023 0.477967 0.009958 0.03570 7.352870 0.153185 126.66
B 17.45 0.0016 0.042481 0.002832 0.02569 0.672344 0.044823 17.45
85
Table 5.3 Strengths and Deformations Calculated According to Hindi’s Model Unconfined Concrete Confined Concrete
ID fc' (ksi) εc
Esec=fc'/εc (ksi)
fcc' (ksi) εcc=0.002(1+5(fcc'/fc'-1)) Ac
(in2)
Ec (ksi)
316 4.825 0.0020 2413 4.825 0.0020 18 3959
317 7.348 0.0020 3674 7.634 0.0024 18 4886
395 5.150 0.0020 2575 5.423 0.0025 18 4091
CB-2A 4.133 0.0020 2067 5.195 0.0046 15.5 3664CB-2B 3.814 0.0020 1907 4.855 0.0047 15.5 3520
P05 b1 5.787 0.0020 2893 5.787 0.0020 15.5 4336 P06 b1 6.672 0.0020 3336 6.672 0.0020 15.5 4656 P07 b1 7.832 0.0020 3916 7.832 0.0020 15.5 5044 P08 b1 7.745 0.0020 3872 7.745 0.0020 15.5 5016 P10 b2 6.788 0.0020 3394 10.29 0.0072 15.5 4696P11 b2 5.787 0.0020 2893 9.193 0.0079 15.5 4336P12 b2 6.033 0.0020 3017 9.465 0.0077 15.5 4427
C6 2.620 0.0020 1310 0
C8 3.470 0.0020 1735 0
1 5.163 0.0020 2582 6.009 0.0036 30.32 4096
B 4.352 0.0020 2176 5.658 0.0050 1.27 3760
86
Table 5.3 Strengths and Deformations Calculated According to Hindi’s Model (Continued) Yield Limit State Ultimate Limit State
ID εy x=εy/εc
r=Ec/(Ec-Esec)
fcon=fc'xr/(r-1+xr)Vy=(2Asfy+Acfcon)
sinα (kips)
∆y=εy×L/(cosα×sinα)
(in)
θy=∆y/L (rad)
Vu=(2Asfy+Acfcc')sinα(kips)
∆u=εcc×L/(cosα×sinα) (in)
θu=∆u/L (rad)
316 0.00144 0.7198 2.56 4.466 159.93 0.122723 0.003068 163.63 0.170488 0.004262
317 0.00144 0.7210 4.03 6.474 180.79 0.122917 0.003073 192.74 0.203667 0.005092
395 0.00137 0.6825 2.70 4.615 181.58 0.109850 0.002746 191.29 0.203600 0.005090
CB-2A 0.00252 1.2603 2.29 3.991 80.51 0.102997 0.005232 91.80 0.186670 0.009483CB-2B 0.00252 1.2603 2.18 3.695 43.51 0.155692 0.007909 49.60 0.292057 0.014836
P05 b1 0.00284 1.4178 3.01 5.073 68.29 0.172457 0.007301 62.90 0.121636 0.005149 P06 b1 0.00284 1.4178 3.53 5.605 71.84 0.172457 0.007301 68.80 0.121636 0.005149 P07 b1 0.00284 1.4178 4.47 6.029 74.67 0.172457 0.007301 76.54 0.121636 0.005149 P08 b1 0.00284 1.4178 4.39 6.013 74.56 0.172457 0.007301 75.96 0.121636 0.005149 P10 b2 0.00284 1.4178 3.61 5.663 72.23 0.172457 0.007301 103.09 0.435466 0.018435P11 b2 0.00284 1.4178 3.01 5.073 68.29 0.172457 0.007301 95.77 0.479619 0.020304P12 b2 0.00284 1.4178 3.14 5.233 69.36 0.172457 0.007301 97.58 0.467555 0.019793
C6 0.00225 8.97 0.121134 0.007267 8.97 0.121134 0.007267
C8 0.00252 5.25 0.498755 0.014964 5.25 0.498755 0.014964
1 0.00232 1.1603 2.70 5.064 159.62 0.531113 0.011065 165.77 0.832702 0.017348
B 0.00162 0.8116 2.37 4.228 20.57 0.051423 0.003428 21.62 0.158403 0.010560
Notation: (1) Mander’s confined concrete model is used in the calculation. (2) It is assumed that Member C6 reached its yield and ultimate states simultaneously because its core concrete area is 0 in the database. The same assumption is applied to Member C8.
87
Table 5.4 Strengths and Deformations Calculated According to FEMA 356 Method Element Properties Yield Limit State Ultimate Limit State
ID E=57000fc'0.5/1000
(ksi) Ig
(in4) L
(in) EIe=0.5EIg (kips-in2)
Vy=2fyAssinα (kips)
My=VyL/2 (kips-in)
∆y=MyL2/(3EIg) (in)
θy (rad)
Vu=2fuAssinα (kips)
θu (rad)
316 3959 14896 40.00 29488223 113.94 2278.79 0.02061 0.00052 113.94 0.03052
317 4886 14896 40.00 36390206 114.12 2282.39 0.01673 0.00042 114.12 0.03042
395 4091 29660 40.00 60661382 126.11 2522.10 0.01109 0.00028 126.11 0.03028
CB-2A 3665 3253 19.69 5961251 43.07 423.95 0.00459 0.00023 43.07 0.03023CB-2B 3520 703 19.69 1236934 24.11 237.32 0.01239 0.00063 24.11 0.03063
P05 b1 4336 1922 23.62 4166960 34.46 407.00 0.00908 0.00038 34.46 0.03038 P06 b1 4656 1922 23.62 4474163 34.46 407.00 0.00846 0.00036 34.46 0.03036 P07 b1 5044 1922 23.62 4847633 34.46 407.00 0.00781 0.00033 34.46 0.03033 P08 b1 5016 1922 23.62 4820626 34.46 407.00 0.00785 0.00033 34.46 0.03033 P10 b2 4696 1922 23.62 4512901 34.46 407.00 0.00839 0.00036 34.46 0.03036P11 b2 4336 1922 23.62 4166960 34.46 407.00 0.00908 0.00038 34.46 0.03038P12 b2 4427 1922 23.62 4254804 34.46 407.00 0.00890 0.00038 34.46 0.03038
C6 2918 99 16.67 144295 8.97 74.80 0.02401 0.00144 8.97 0.03144
C8 3358 99 33.33 166060 5.25 87.52 0.09758 0.00293 5.25 0.03293
1 4096 5359 48.00 10975312 126.66 3039.77 0.10635 0.00222 126.66 0.03222
B 3760 432 15.00 812219 17.45 130.86 0.00604 0.00040 17.45 0.03040
88
Table 5.5 Evaluation of All Models Yield Strength/ Test Yield Strength Yield Rotation/ Test Yield Rotation
ID Paulay's Hindi's FEMA Modified Paulay's Hindi's FEMA Modified
316 0.912 1.279 0.912 0.912 0.652 0.767 0.129 0.882
317 1.037 1.644 1.037 1.037 0.746 0.878 0.119 1.009
395 1.146 1.651 1.146 1.146 0.652 0.785 0.079 0.866
CB-2A 0.895 1.673 0.895 0.895 0.288 0.354 0.016 0.376CB-2B 0.933 1.683 0.933 0.933 0.393 0.465 0.037 0.530
P05 b1 0.640 1.268 0.640 0.640 0.699 0.867 0.046 0.903 P06 b1 0.693 1.445 0.693 0.693 0.686 0.851 0.042 0.886 P07 b1 0.716 1.551 0.716 0.716 0.811 1.006 0.046 1.047 P08 b1 0.721 1.560 0.721 0.721 0.856 1.061 0.048 1.105 P10 b2 0.635 1.332 0.635 0.635 0.760 0.942 0.046 0.981P11 b2 0.794 1.573 0.794 0.794 0.749 0.929 0.049 0.967P12 b2 0.772 1.553 0.772 0.772 0.603 0.748 0.039 0.779
C6 1.151 1.151 1.151 1.151 0.998 1.101 0.218 1.421
C8 1.221 1.221 1.221 1.221 1.859 2.373 0.464 2.335
1 0.854 1.076 0.854 0.854 1.215 1.350 0.270 1.721B 0.309 0.364 0.309 0.309 1.180 1.428 0.168 1.557
Average 0.839 1.376 0.839 0.839 0.822 0.994 0.113 1.085Standard Deviation 0.233 0.335 0.233 0.233 0.366 0.457 0.119 0.476
Coefficient of Variation 27.75% 24.32% 27.75% 27.75% 44.58% 46.00% 104.62% 43.88%
89
Table 5.5 Evaluation of All Models (Continued) Ultimate Strength/ Test Ultimate Strength Ultimate Rotation/ Test Ultimate Rotation
ID Paulay's Hindi's FEMA Modified Paulay's Hindi's FEMA Modified
316 0.752 1.080 0.752 0.940 0.899 0.073 0.526 0.365
317 0.878 1.483 0.878 1.097 2.048 0.200 1.193 0.831
395 0.882 1.338 0.882 1.102 1.015 0.113 0.673 0.404
CB-2A 0.677 1.443 0.677 0.846 2.569 0.333 1.061 1.172CB-2B 0.631 1.298 0.631 0.789 3.673 0.475 0.980 1.730
P05 b1 0.656 1.197 0.656 0.819 2.677 0.172 1.013 1.520 P06 b1 0.636 1.271 0.636 0.796 NA NA NA NA P07 b1 0.655 1.455 0.655 0.819 3.019 0.194 1.140 1.715 P08 b1 0.670 1.477 0.670 0.837 NA NA NA NA P10 b2 0.656 1.961 0.656 0.819 2.899 0.666 1.096 1.646P11 b2 0.652 1.813 0.652 0.816 NA NA NA NAP12 b2 0.644 1.824 0.644 0.805 3.212 0.792 1.215 1.824
C6 0.670 0.670 0.670 0.837 2.213 0.136 0.589 1.054
C8 0.700 0.700 0.700 0.875 2.380 0.171 0.376 1.009
1 0.619 0.810 0.619 0.774 3.115 0.353 0.655 1.721B NA NA NA NA 1.281 0.302 0.869 0.641
Average 0.692 1.321 0.692 0.865 2.385 0.306 0.876 1.202Standard Deviation 0.083 0.391 0.083 0.103 0.871 0.219 0.280 0.528
Coefficient of Variation 11.94% 29.56% 11.94% 11.94% 36.54% 71.66% 32.00% 43.92%Notation: The NA cell is due to unavailable test data.
90
Table 5.6 Strengths and Deformations Calculated According to Modified Model
ID Vy=2fyAssinα (kips) εy=fy/Es
db
(in) L
(in) α
(deg)
∆y=1.3(L/cosα+40db)εy/(2sinα)
(in)
θy=∆y/L (rad)
Vu=1.25Vy (kips)
θu=θy+(Vu-Vy)/(0.05E) (rad)
316 113.94 0.0014 0.937 40.00 34.9 0.141080 0.003527 142.42 0.021162
317 114.12 0.0014 0.937 40.00 34.9 0.141303 0.003533 142.65 0.021195
395 126.11 0.0014 0.937 40.00 41.9 0.121206 0.003030 157.63 0.018181
CB-2A 43.07 0.0025 0.394 19.69 37.2 0.109589 0.005567 53.84 0.033403CB-2B 24.11 0.0025 0.394 19.69 19.8 0.177375 0.009011 30.14 0.054064
P05 b1 34.46 0.0028 0.394 23.62 25.5 0.179558 0.007601 43.07 0.045608 P06 b1 34.46 0.0028 0.394 23.62 25.5 0.179558 0.007601 43.07 0.045608 P07 b1 34.46 0.0028 0.394 23.62 25.5 0.179558 0.007601 43.07 0.045608 P08 b1 34.46 0.0028 0.394 23.62 25.5 0.179558 0.007601 43.07 0.045608 P10 b2 34.46 0.0028 0.394 23.62 25.5 0.179558 0.007601 43.07 0.045608P11 b2 34.46 0.0028 0.394 23.62 25.5 0.179558 0.007601 43.07 0.045608P12 b2 34.46 0.0028 0.394 23.62 25.5 0.179558 0.007601 43.07 0.045608
C6 8.97 0.0022 0.435 16.67 19.123 0.156302 0.009376 11.22 0.056258
C8 5.25 0.0025 0.435 33.33 9.847 0.490760 0.014724 6.56 0.088346
1 126.66 0.0023 1.181 48.00 12.400 0.677084 0.014106 158.32 0.084635
B 17.45 0.0016 0.313 15.00 35.628 0.056066 0.003738 21.81 0.022426
91
Cy
Cy
yT
yT
My
Vy
My
Vy
L
Ty
yC
Vy
L
α
Fig. 5.1 Force Equilibrium of Paulay’s Model
∆
∆
α
y
h
Fig. 5.2 Coupling Beam Vertical Deformation of Paulay’s Model
92
Cy
yT
yT
yC
αTension Diagonal
Compression DiagonalL
A
A
B
B
A-A
B-B
Fig. 5.3 Force Equilibrium of Hindi’s Truss Model
0.030
Vy
θu
= Vu
yθθ
V
Fig. 5.4 Shear-Chord Rotation Relationship Defined by FEMA 356
Vy
θu
Vu
yθ
E
Er
θ
V
Fig. 5.5 Shear-Chord Rotation Relationship Defined by Modified Model
93
Chapter 6 Nonlinear Static and Dynamic Analyses
6.1 Notations
bC : Base shear amplification factor
e : Length of the rigid link
E : Elastic modulus
eI : Effective moment of inertia
L : Beam Span
yM : Beam yield moment capacity
r : Ratio of the post-yield stiffness to the elastic stiffness
tV : SRSS base shear in the modal spectrum response analysis
α : Stiffness degradation factor 1
β : Stiffness degradation factor 2
y∆ : Yield vertical deformation of the diagonally reinforced concrete beam
yϕ : Beam yield curvature
θ : Chord rotation of a link beam
1θ : Rigid link rotation at left side of the beam
2θ : Rigid link rotation at right side of the beam
yθ : Beam yield rotation capacity
uθ : Beam ultimate rotation capacity
94
6.2 Objective
The responses of the 15-story building designed based on performance-based
design (PBD) methodology were examined in this chapter to evaluate the adequacy of
PBD. For this purpose, nonlinear static and dynamic analyses were carried out. This
chapter summarizes these analyses and the corresponding results.
6.3 Pushover (Nonlinear Static) Analysis
6.3.1 Introduction
As discussed in Section 3.5.1, a well-designed building has to meet the following
performance requirements.
(1) At the Life Safety (LS) level earthquake, the beams are allowed to yield but the
wall piers are required to remain elastic. The maximum building story drift is to
be less than NEHRP-defined 2% limit.
(2) At the Collapse Prevention (CP) level earthquake, the wall piers are allowed to
yield after the beams have already yielded. The beams are allowed to reach their
ultimate limit capacities.
The Appendix to Chapter 5 of NEHRP 2000 provides guidelines for conducting
pushover analysis. For example, modeling aspects of components, force-deformation
characteristics, and selection of lateral loads are discussed in this appendix. The pushover
analysis of the 15-story building is based on these guidelines.
6.3.2 Computer Model
6.3.2.1 Geometry and Mass Configuration
95
The computer model along with the dimensions, member labels, and node numbers
is shown in Fig.6.1. The vertical members represent wall piers, and are located at the
centroid of each C shaped wall pier. The horizontal members are coupling beams. The
thin line in the middle represents the actual coupling beam and the two thick lines at the
ends are rigid links to reflect the large stiffness of the wall piers that are modeled by line
elements. The length of each rigid link is 7.78 ft, which is the distance between the
centroid of the wall section and the edge to which the beams are connected. Since the
core wall is modeled two dimensionally, one beam member represents two coupling
beams. The calculated masses used in the model are listed in Table A.4.1. At each level,
the mass is distributed equally to each node at that level.
6.3.2.2 Coupling Beam Member Properties
RUAUMOKO (Carr, 2000), the software employed to conduct the analyses, requires
the following quantities to formulate bilinear force-deformation characteristics for a beam
member: the yield moment capacity ( ), the effective moment of inertia ( ), and the
ratio of the residual stiffness to the effective stiffness (
yM eI
r ). The value of is calculated
based on Equation 5.3 as proposed by the modified model in Section 5.7. A linear
distribution of curvature along the beam is assumed. Based on the elastic analysis
concepts, the vertical deformation of the beam (
yM
y∆ ) is equal to 6
2Lyϕ when the ends of a
beam reach yield curvature ( yϕ ). The beam yield vertical deformation ( ) is computed
from the modified model (see Equation 5.22). The calculated deformations for various
y∆
96
coupling beam groups are listed in Table 6.1. The value of yield curvature ( yϕ ) is
subsequently computed from Equation 6.1.
yϕ = 2
6Ly∆ (6.1)
The effective moment of inertia ( ) is calculated based on the fundamental elastic
analysis concepts as shown in Equation 6.2. The values for these three coupling beam
groups are provided in Table 6.1.
eI
eI
eI = /yM E yϕ (6.2)
The value of the residual stiffness ratio r is taken as 0.02, which is an empirical value
generally accepted for reinforced concrete members (Harries et al., 1998).
6.3.2.3 Wall Member Properties
The quadratic beam-column element is selected to model the wall piers. This
element takes into account the interaction between the axial force capacity and moment
capacity by using a parabolic capacity curve (see Fig. 6.2). The four control points of the
curve represent the maximum compression capacity, maximum tension capacity,
maximum positive flexure capacity, and maximum negative flexure capacity. A cross
sectional analysis computer program called XTRACT was used to calculate the values of
these four points for the C-shaped wall piers. Per ACI 21.7.5.1 the reinforcement bars
concentrated in the boundary elements and distributed in the flanges and web were
included. Table 6.2 lists the calculated values of the control points in each wall group.
Appendix D provides the details of the XTRACT calculation of the control point values
in different groups. The signs in the PM interaction curve from XTRACT need to be
97
reversed before using them to establish control points in RUAUMOKO quadratic beam-
column elements because of the difference in the sign conventions of these two programs.
The effective moment of inertia ( ) and residual stiffness ratio (eI r ) are also
required by RUAUMOKO to set up the bilinear force-deformation characteristics for the
quadratic beam-column member. The effective stiffness (E eI ) as calculated by
XTRACT is divided by E (taken as 57000 'cf ) to obtain . The residual stiffness ratio
(
eI
r ) is directly taken from the XTARCT output (which is called “Bilinear Hardening
Slope”). These values for the tension and compression walls were obtained from
XTRACT analyses (see Appendix D). The average values of and eI r are used because
RUAUMOKO allows only single values of and eI r regardless of the direction of
loading. For static pushover analyses, it is possible to predetermine which wall pier will
be in tension or in compression and different values of and eI r can be assigned to the
two wall piers. However, in dynamic analyses each wall pier will be subjected to load
reversals. For consistency between the static and dynamic analyses, it was decided to use
average values of and eI r in all the analyses reported in this chapter.
6.3.2.4 Applied Lateral Loads
According to Section 5A.1.2 of NEHRP, in the pushover analysis the pattern of
lateral loads applied at the mass center of each story should follow the distribution of
fundamental mode as obtained from a modal analysis. For the 15-story building, the
fundamental mode is in the coupled direction. Section 5A.1.2 of NEHRP also states that
the increment of the lateral loads should be sufficiently small to permit capturing of
98
significant changes in individual components, such as yielding, buckling, or failure in the
model. In the reported study, the lateral load increment is set to 1 percent of the modal
base shear ( ). The modal base shear is calculated as the SRSS of the base shears of the
first two modes in the coupled direction (see Table 3.2 for the base shear of each mode).
As Section 5.5.7 of NEHRP requires, the SRSS value needs to be scaled to reach 85
percent of the base shear of equivalent lateral force (ELF) method (see Table 3.2 for 85%
of ELF base shear). For the prototype structure, the value of SRSS base shear was
increased to reach the target value. As Section 5A.1.4.3 of NEHRP stipulates, the
analyses are terminated when the story drift exceeds 125 percent of the design drift limit,
which is 2% percent of the story height. Hence, the pushover analysis was terminated
when the story drift exceeded 2.5% of the story height.
tV
6.3.3 Results and Discussions
Fig. 6.3 (a) shows the development of the roof displacement with the increment of
the lateral loads. The abscissa is the roof displacement in feet and the ordinate is the ratio
of the base shear to the model base shear ( ). The response curve in Fig. 6.3 (a) is
approximately a tri-linear curve. The large slope of the initial part of the curve implies
that the structure is in the elastic state. The slope of the curve changes at a base shear
level equal to 0.70 . This change represents the initiation of yielding of the coupling
beams. Due to reduced effectiveness of the coupling beams after yielding, the stiffness of
the structure is reduced and the roof displacement increases more rapidly. The second
change of the slope occurs at the base shear level equal to 1.22 , at which both wall
piers at the ground story form hinges and the stiffness of the building is reduced further.
tV
tV
tV
99
Fig. 6.3 (c) shows the sequence of yielding. The first yielding occurs in the 8th and
11th floor coupling beams at the base shear equal to 0.70 . Subsequently, yielding
spreads to other coupling beams. The last yielding of coupling beams occurs in the first
level at the base shear level of 1.01 . The range of base shear and displacements
corresponding to yielding of the coupling beams are marked in Fig. 6.3 (a), and the exact
values are shown in Fig. 6.3 (b). The first wall to yield is the tension wall at the ground
level at the base shear level of 1.07 , followed by yielding of the tension walls at the 4
tV
tV
tVth
level yields (at 1.14 ) and the 2tVnd level (at 1.20 ). The first yielding of the
compression wall happens at the ground level at 1.22 . Before exceeding the 2.5% story
drift limit (at which the analysis was terminated), the 5
tV
tV
th level tension yielded at 1.30
followed by yielding of the 4
tV
th level compression wall at 1.33 . The range of yielding in
the wall piers is shown in Fig. 6.3 (a) with the exact sequences of yielding (11 to 16)
denoted in Fig. 6.3 (b) and 6.3 (c).
tV
The roof displacements corresponding to LS and CP level earthquakes are needed to
evaluate the performance of the prototype structure. The SRSS of the roof displacements
of the first two modes in the coupled direction is 0.79 ft. After multiplying the base shear
amplification factor ( =1.73) to scale up to reach 85% of the ELF base shear level, the
roof displacement at LS level is 1.37 ft. The design spectrum response spectrum in
NEHRP, which was used to conduct the reported modal analyses, corresponds to LS level
earthquake acceleration. Therefore, the calculated roof displacement of 1.37 ft is the
displacement at LS level. As seen from Fig. 6.3 (a), this displacement occurs at the base
shear level of 1.02 . The displacement at the CP level is 1.5 times that at the LS level
bC
tV
100
(see Section 3.1). Hence, the roof displacement at the CP level is 2.06ft, which happens at
the base shear of 1.20 (see Fig 6.3 (a)). tV
The previous results verify that the beams yield gradually and at the LS level all the
beams have yielded while wall piers remain elastic. The yielding of walls happens prior
to the CP level. At the CP level, three tension wall piers have yielded. The coupling
beams undergo additional inelastic deformations beyond the LS level. These responses
meet the predefined design requirements described in Section 6.3.1.
The beam chord rotations at the LS and CP levels were obtained based on the
rotations of rigid links computed by RUAUMOKO. As the rigid links, which are between
the column elements representing wall piers and the coupling beams, rotate the beam
undergoes vertical deformations as shown in Fig. 6.4. The total deformation of the beam
is the sum of the absolute values of 1∆ and 2∆ . Note that 1∆ and 2∆ are equal to 1θ e
and 2θ e , respectively, where 1θ and 2θ are the rotations calculated by RUAUMOKO
and e is the length of the rigid link. The beam chord rotation (θ ) can then be found from
Equation 6.3.
θ =( 1∆ + 2∆ )/ L =( 1θ + 2θ )e / L (6.3)
This equation does not account for the deformation of the beam, i.e., it assumes the beam
is a rigid link. Therefore, the beam rotations ( 1θ + 2θ ) need to be added into the value
computed from Equation 6.3. The beam rotation is taken as the average of the absolute
values of 1θ and 2θ . Therefore, Equation 6.4 is used to establish the beam chord rotation.
θ =( 1θ + 2θ ) e / L +( 1θ + 2θ )/2 (6.4)
The beam chord rotations along the building height for the LS and CP levels are
plotted in Fig. 6.5. At the LS level, all the beams yield but do not reach the ultimate chord
101
rotation capacity. On the other hand, at the CP level the beams above the 6th floor exceed
the ultimate chord rotation capacity. The level of chord rotations at the LS and CP levels
meet the performance criteria discussed in Section 6.3.1.
6.4 Nonlinear Dynamic Analysis
6.4.1 Computer Model
The model used for pushover analyses was also used for the dynamic analyses to
ensure some level of consistency between the results from two methods. The stiffness and
mass distributions were the same as those used for pushover analyses. However, dynamic
analyses require additional input parameters, as discussed in the following.
The modified Takeda model (Carr, 2000), as shown in Figure 6.6, was employed to
model the hysteretic force-deformation relationships of the coupling beams and wall piers.
This model accounts for stiffness and strength degradations, which are two important
characteristics of reinforced concrete members under cyclic loads. The factorsα and β
are used to control the level of stiffness degradation. The selected α for wall piers and
beams are 0 and 0.1, respectively. The selected β for walls and beams are 0.6 and 0.5,
respectively. These values were selected based on a prior research (Harries et al., 1998).
The strength degradation in RUAUMOKO program is expressed in terms of a reduction
factor. The value of the reduction factor is related to the member ductility (see Fig. 6.7).
The selected values for beams and wall piers are listed in Table 6.4. Five ground motions
ranging from slight intensity to severe intensity were selected, three of which were
recorded acceleration records (El Centro1940 NS, Northridge 1994 at Pacoima Dam NS,
and Northridge 1994 at Slymar Hospital NS) and two were artificial accelerograms. The
102
artificial records were generated by SIMQKE, which is a component of RUAUMOKO.
The selected ground motions are shown in Fig. 6.8 with their acceleration response
spectra illustrated in Fig. 6.9. Based on the shown response spectra, El Centro 1940 NS
record is deemed to be a service level earthquake, and the remaining records are taken as
collapse prevention level earthquake.
6.4.2 Results and Discussions
The histories of the roof displacement for the five seismic ground excitations are
shown in Fig. 6.10. The maximum roof drifts are 0.82 ft, 0.86 ft, 0.91 ft, 1.23 ft, and 1.83
ft for simulated LS level, El Centro (NS), Northridge at Pacoima Dam (NS), simulated
CP level, and Northridge at Slymar (NS), respectively. The artificial ground motions at
LS and CP levels continue to impart energy to the building as evident by continued roof
drift reversals throughout the ground motion records, whereas the selected recorded
ground motions stop producing significant deformations during approximately the last
half of the records
The maximum inter-story drifts along the building height are displayed in Fig. 6.11.
The maximum values (as a percentage of story height) are 1.0%, 1.12%, 1.62%, 1.86%
and 2.49% for El Centro, simulated LS level, simulated CP level, Northridge at Pacoima,
and Northridge at Slymar, respectively. These magnitudes match the expected input
energies of the different records. For example, at 1.8 sec., which is the period of the first
mode, Northridge at Slymar has the largest acceleration response spectrum value and the
lowest value is for El Centro record. The maximum inter-story drift of 1.12% at LS level
103
excitation is less than 2%, which meets one of the predefined performance criteria
discussed in Section 6.3.1.
The complete histories of chord rotation under the five selected ground excitations
are displayed in Fig. 6.12 through 6.16. The maximum chord rotations with the time at
which and locations where the maximum rotations occur are tabulated in Table 6.5. For
service level ground motions (i.e., El Centro and simulated LS), the beam chord rotations
exceed the yield rotation capacity ( yθ ) but are less than the ultimate capacity ( uθ ). This
behavior coincides with the predefined LS level requirement of Section 6.3.1, where
beams are expected to yield but not exceed the ultimate state. Under the excitations
considered to correspond to collapse prevention level (i.e., simulated CP record,
Northridge at Pacoima, and Northridge at Slymar), the beam chord rotations exceed both
the yield and ultimate rotation capacities. This performance also meets the performance
criteria at CP level where beams are allowed to reach the ultimate state, as discussed in
Section 6.3.1.
An index, referred to as Wall Damage Index (WDI), is used to quantify the wall
state during seismic ground excitations. A value of zero indicates that the wall pier is
elastic, i.e., the axial load-moment demands are within the capacity interaction diagram.
On the other hand, WDI equal to 1 indicates that the axial load-moment demands are
outside of the interaction surface, and the wall has experienced inelastic deformations.
Figures 6.12 and 6.13 show that all wall piers remain elastic under El Centro and
simulated LS level ground motion, which satisfies the performance criteria defined in
Section 6.3.1. Figures 6.14 through 6.16 show the histories of WDI under simulated CP
level, Northridge at Pacoima, and Northridge at Slymar, respectively. Under all of these
104
three ground motions, the ground level wall piers develop inelastic deformations and
plastic hinges form. Wall piers at other levels near the middle or close to the top of
structure also experience inelastic deformations. Levels 4, 10, 11, and 12 develop
inelastic deformations under simulated CP motion. Levels 6, 7, 11, and 12 under
Northridge at Pacoima motion, and levels 4, 5, 8, 9, 10, and 11 under Northridge at
Slymar motion also experience inelastic deformations. Although inelastic deformation is
more likely to be produced in the ground level, other floors also experience inelastic
deformations albeit less frequently. The predefined criteria in Section 6.3.1 allow wall
piers in any level to undergo inelastic deformation under motions corresponding to
collapse prevention level. Hence, the behaviors of wall piers are in accordance with the
performance criteria for which the structure was designed. The occurrence of plastic
deformations in these upper levels indicates a gradual reduction of the stiffness as the
coupling beams reach their ultimate limit state. Similar observations have also been made
by others (McNiece, 2004).
105
Table 6.1 Beam Member Properties
L
(ft) My (k-ft)
∆y
(ft) φy=6∆y/L2
(/ft) Ie=My/Eφy
(ft4) γ
Group I (Lv 2-7) 6 1456 0.0530 0.00883 0.260 0.02 Group II(Lv 8-10,1) 6 1147 0.0506 0.00843 0.214 0.02 Group III(Lv 11-15) 6 688 0.0464 0.00773 0.140 0.02
Table 6.2 Values of Four Control Points for Quadratic Beam-Column Elements (refer to Fig. 6.2)
PYC (kips)
PB (kips)
MB (k-ft)
PC (kips)
MC (k-ft)
PYT (kips)
Group I (Lv 1-3) -79630 -43700 133800 -23400 -115800 13970 Group II(Lv 4-7) -72880 -42810 112200 -21250 -100600 9433 Group III(Lv 8-15) -68180 -40900 100400 -20290 -91360 5553
Table 6.3 Wall Member Properties Tension Wall Compression Wall Average Value
Ie
(ft4) γ
Ie
(ft4) γ
Ie
(ft4) γ
Group I (Lv 1-3) 230 0.023 368 0.007 299 0.015
Group II(Lv 4-7) 162 0.007 267 0.007 215 0.007
Group III(Lv 8-15) 116 0.004 181 0.002 149 0.003
106
Table 6.4 Strength Degradation Factors (refer to Fig. 6.7)
DUCT1 DUCT2 RDUCT DUCT3 Beam Member 20 30 0.5 0
Shear Wall Member 14 20 0.5 0
Table 6.5 Maximum Chord Rotations under Five Selected Ground Motions Rotation Capacity*
(rad) Ground Motion Maximum Chord
Rotation (rad)
Location Time (sec)
θy θu
El Centro 0.035 Floor 13 5.6 0.0077 0.0464 Simulated LS 0.039 Floor 14 14 0.0077 0.0464 Simulated CP 0.059+ Floor 14 11.7 0.0077 0.0464
Northridge at Pacoima 0.068+ Floor 15 4.1 0.0077 0.0464 Northridge at Slymar 0.088+ Floor 15 4 0.0077 0.0464
Notation: * Rotation capacity corresponding to the floor where the maximum chord rotation was obtained. + Although the coupling beams have exceeded their ultimate rotation capacities, the wall piers can still provide resistance
because they have not reached their ultimate capacities.
107
Fig. 6.1 Nonlinear Analyses Model 21.56 ft
12.1
7 ft
9.17
ft9.
17ft
9.17
ft9.
17ft
9.17
ft9.
17ft
9.17
ft9.
17ft
9.17
ft9.
17ft
9.17
ft9.
17ft
9.17
ft9.
17ft
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
25
26
30
27
28
29
31
32
17
18
19
20
22
21
23
24
1 16
312 17
3 1832
433
19
534
20
635
21
7
15
41
31
54
4403
3492
2428
2141
72
0411 62
0193
25
983
42
873
23
3622
e=7.78 ft L=6 ft
Node Number
Member Number
108
Fig. 6.2 Axial Load-Moment Interaction Diagram for Quadratic Beam-column
Element
109
CP
1.20
LS
1.02
1.01
0.70
1.07
1.33
0.00
(a) Base Shear vs. Roof Displacement
0.00 0.50 1.00 1.50 2.00 2.50 3.00 3.50
1615
109
87
65
43
21
11
1213
14
0.00
0.20
0.40
0.60
0.80
1.00
1.20
1.40
1.60
0.00 0.50 1.00 1.50 2.00 2.50 3.00 3.50
Roof Displacement (ft)
Base Shear Ratio (V/Vt)
Roof Displacem t (ft)
(b) Member Yield Sequence along the Curve
Beam Yield Range
Wall Yield Range
Refer to (c) for the position of the member that each n ber represents.
1 (0.70)
2 (0.71)
3 (0.72)
4 (0.73)
2 (0.71)
5 (0.74)
3 (0.72)
5 (0.74)
3 (0.72)
6 (0.75)
8 (0.80)
1 (0.70)
7 (0.77)
9 (0.87)
10 (1.01)
12 (1.14)
11 (1.07)
16 (1.33)
14 (1.22)
Level 1
Level 2
Level 3
Level 4
Level 5
Level 6
Level 7
Level 8
Level 9
Level 10
Level 11
Level 12
Level 13
Level 14
Level 15 Notation: 14 (1.22)
Yield sequence Base shear (unit Vt )
13 (1.20)
15 (1.30)
1st yielding in wall piers
1st yielding in coupling beams
1.60Base Shear Ratio (V/Vt)
(c) Locations of Yield Members
Fig. 6.3 Pus ver Analysis Result 110
en
um
ho
0.20
0.40
0.60
0.80
1.00
1.20
1.40
e L e
θ1
2θ
∆ 1
2∆Node
Wall
Rigid Link
Fig. 6.4 Beam Vertical Deformation Caused by Rigid Link Rotations
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
0 0.01 0.02 0.03 0.04 0.05
LS Chord Rotation from Rigid Link Method CP Chord R
Yield Chord Rotation Capacity Ult imate C
Story
Fig.6.5 Chord Rotation Distributions at L
111
Chord Rotation (rad)
0.06 0.07 0.08
otation from Rigid Link Method
hord Rotation Capacity
S and CP States
Fig 6.6 Modified Takeda Hysteresis Model
Fig. 6.7 Strength Degradation Model Used in RUAUMOKO
112
-1.20-1.00-0.80-0.60-0.40-0.200.000.200.400.600.80
0 2 4 6 8 10 12 14 16 18 20
-1.20-1.00-0.80-0.60-0.40-0.200.000.200.400.600.80
0 2 4 6 8 10 12 14 16 18 20
-1.20-1.00-0.80-0.60-0.40-0.200.000.200.400.600.80
0 2 4 6 8 10 12 14 16 18 20
-1.20-1.00-0.80-0.60-0.40-0.200.000.200.400.600.80
0 2 4 6 8 10 12 14 16 18 20
-1.20-1.00-0.80-0.60-0.40-0.200.000.200.400.600.80
0 2 4 6 8 10 12 14 16 18 20
Fig. 6.8 Selected Earthquake Ground Motions
Time (s)
CP Simulated
Northridge Pacoima Dam 1994 NS
Northridge Slymar Hospital 1994 NS
LS Simulated
El Centro 1940 NS
Gro
und
Acc
eler
atio
n (g
)
113
Acceleration Response (g)
0.0
0.2
0.4
0.6
0.8
1.0
1.2
1.4
1.6
1.8
2.0
2.2
2.4
2.6
2.8
3.0
3.2
3.4
3.6
0 0.2 0.4 0.6 0.8 1 1.2 1.4 1.6 1.8 2
Northridge at Pacoima Dam (NS)
Northridge at Sylmar (NS)
Simulated CP Level
Design Spectrum at LS Level
Design Spectrum at CP Level
Simulated LS Level
El Centro (NS) Period (s)
Fig. 6.9 Structural Acceleration Response Spectra Induced by 5 Selected Ground
Motions
114
Roo
f Dis
plac
emen
t (ft
)
El Centro (NS)
0.86
-2-1.5
-1-0.5
00.5
11.5
2
0 2 4 6 8 10 12 14 16 18 20
Simulated LS Level
0.82
-2-1.5
-1-0.5
00.5
11.5
2
0 2 4 6 8 10 12 14 16 18 20
Northridge Pacoima (NS)
-0.91
-2-1
-0
.5-1.50
0.51
1.52
0 2 4 6 8 10 12 14 16 18 20
Simulated CP Level
1.23
-2-1.5
-1-0.5
00.5
11.5
2
0 2 4 6 8 10 12 14 16 18 20
Northridge Sylmar (NS) 1.83
-2-1.5
-1-0.5
00.5
11.5
2
0 2 4 6 8 10 12 14 16 18 20
Fig. 6.10 Roof Displacement History
Time (s)
115
Story
El Centro (NS) 1.0%
Simulated LS Level 1.12% Simulated CP Level
1.62%
Northridge Pacoima (NS) 1.86%
Story Drift (% )
Northridge Slymar (NS) 2.49%
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
0.00% 0.50% 1.00% 1.50% 2.00% 2.50%
Story Drift (%)
Code Limit for Inter-story Drift
Fig. 6.11 Story Drift Envelope
116
θy=0 .0 0 77
θu=0 .0 4 6 4
-0 .0 6-0 .05-0 .0 4-0 .0 3-0 .0 2-0 .0 10 .0 00 .0 10 .0 20 .0 30 .0 40 .050 .0 6
0 2 4 6 8 10 12 14 16 18 20
0
1
0 2 4 6 8 10 12 14 16 18 200
1
0 2 4 6 8 10 12 14 16 18 20
θy=0 .0 0 77
θu=0 .0 4 6 4
-0 .0 6-0 .05-0 .0 4-0 .0 3-0 .0 2-0 .0 10 .0 00 .0 10 .0 20 .0 30 .0 40 .050 .0 6
0 2 4 6 8 10 12 14 16 18 20
0
1
0 2 4 6 8 10 12 14 16 18 200
1
0 2 4 6 8 10 12 14 16 18 20
θy=0 .0 0 77
θu=0 .0 4 6 4
-0 .0 6-0 .05-0 .0 4-0 .0 3-0 .0 2-0 .0 10 .0 00 .0 10 .0 20 .0 30 .0 40 .050 .0 6
0 2 4 6 8 10 12 14 16 18 20
0
Right Side Walls Left Side Walls Beams
Level 14
Level 15
1
0 2 4 6 8 10 12 14 16 18 200
1
0 2 4 6 8 10 12 14 16 18 20
θy=0 .0 0 77
θu=0 .0 4 6 4
-0 .0 6-0 .05-0 .0 4-0 .0 3-0 .0 2-0 .0 10 .0 00 .0 10 .0 20 .0 30 .0 40 .050 .0 6
0 2 4 6 8 10 12 14 16 18 20
0
1
0 2 4 6 8 10 12 14 16 18 200
1
0 2 4 6 8 10 12 14 16 18 20
θy=0 .00 77
θu=0 .0 4 6 4
-0 .0 6-0 .05-0 .0 4-0 .0 3-0 .0 2-0 .0 10 .0 00 .0 10 .0 20 .0 30 .0 40 .050 .0 6
0 2 4 6 8 10 12 14 16 18 20
0
1
0 2 4 6 8 10 12 14 16 18 200
1
0 2 4 6 8 10 12 14 16 18 20
Time (s)
WD
I
Cho
rd R
otat
ion
(rad
)
Level 13
Level 12
Level 11
Time (s) Time (s)
Fig. 6.12 Member Responses under El Centro Ground Motion (Lv11-Lv15)
Notations: 1. θy and θu are the yield and ultimate chord rotation capacities, see Section 6.3.2.2 2. WDI is the abbreviation of Wall Damage Index; WDI=0: Elastic behavior; WDI=1: Inelastic
Behavior; see Section 6.4.2
117
Beams Left Side Walls Right Side Walls
θy=0 .00 8 4
θu=0 .0 50 6
-0 .0 6-0 .05-0 .0 4-0 .0 3-0 .0 2-0 .0 10 .0 00 .0 10 .0 20 .0 30 .0 40 .050 .0 6
0 2 4 6 8 10 12 14 16 18 20
0
1
0 2 4 6 8 10 12 14 16 18 200
1
0 2 4 6 8 10 12 14 16 18 20
θy=0 .0 0 8 4
θu=0 .0 50 6
-0 .0 6-0 .05-0 .0 4-0 .0 3-0 .0 2-0 .0 10 .0 00 .0 10 .0 20 .0 30 .0 40 .050 .0 6
0 2 4 6 8 10 12 14 16 18 20
0
1
0 2 4 6 8 10 12 14 16 18 200
1
0 2 4 6 8 10 12 14 16 18 20
θy=0 .0 0 8 4
θu=0 .0 50 6
-0 .05-0 .0 4-0 .0 3-0 .0 2-0 .0 10 .0 00 .0 10 .0 20 .0 30 .0 40 .050 .0 6
0 2 4 6 8 10 12 14 16 18 20
0
Level 9
Level 10
1
0 2 4 6 8 10 12 14 16 18 200
1
0 2 4 6 8 10 12 14 16 18 20
θy=0 .0 0 8 8
θu=0 .0 53 0
-0 .0 6-0 .05-0 .0 4-0 .0 3-0 .0 2-0 .0 10 .0 00 .0 10 .0 20 .0 30 .0 40 .050 .0 6
0 2 4 6 8 10 12 14 16 18 20
0
1
0 2 4 6 8 10 12 14 16 18 200
1
0 2 4 6 8 10 12 14 16 18 20
θy=0 .0 0 8 8
θu=0 .0 53 0
-0 .0 6-0 .05-0 .0 4-0 .0 3-0 .0 2-0 .0 10 .0 00 .0 10 .0 20 .0 30 .0 40 .050 .0 6
0 2 4 6 8 10 12 14 16 18 20
0
1
0 2 4 6 8 10 12 14 16 18 200
1
0 2 4 6 8 10 12 14 16 18 20
Time (s)
Level 8
Level 7
Level 6
WD
I
Cho
rd R
otat
ion
(rad
)
Time (s) Time (s)
Fig. 6.12 Member Responses under El Centro Ground Motion (Lv6-Lv10) Notations: 1. θy and θu are the yield and ultimate chord rotation capacities, see Section 6.3.2.2
2. WDI is the abbreviation of Wall Damage Index; WDI=0: Elastic behavior; WDI=1: Inelastic Behavior; see Section 6.4.2
118
Beams Left Side Walls Right Side Walls
θy=0 .0 0 8 8
θu=0 .0 53 0
-0 .0 6-0 .05-0 .0 4-0 .0 3-0 .0 2-0 .0 10 .0 00 .0 10 .0 20 .0 30 .0 40 .050 .0 6
0 2 4 6 8 10 12 14 16 18 20
0
1
0 2 4 6 8 10 12 14 16 18 200
1
0 2 4 6 8 10 12 14 16 18 20
θy=0 .0 0 8 8
θu=0 .0 53 0
-0 .0 6-0 .05-0 .0 4-0 .0 3-0 .0 2-0 .0 10 .0 00 .0 10 .0 20 .0 30 .0 40 .050 .0 6
0 2 4 6 8 10 12 14 16 18 20
0
1
0 2 4 6 8 10 12 14 16 18 200
1
0 2 4 6 8 10 12 14 16 18 20
θy=0 .0 0 8 8
θu=0 .0 53 0
-0 .0 6-0 .05-0 .0 4-0 .0 3-0 .0 2-0 .0 10 .0 00 .0 10 .0 20 .0 30 .0 40 .050 .0 6
0 2 4 6 8 10 12 14 16 18 20
0
Level 4
Level 5
1
0 2 4 6 8 10 12 14 16 18 200
1
0 2 4 6 8 10 12 14 16 18 20
θy=0 .0 0 8 8
θu=0 .0 53 0
-0 .0 6-0 .05-0 .0 4-0 .0 3-0 .0 2-0 .0 10 .0 00 .0 10 .0 20 .0 30 .0 40 .050 .0 6
0 2 4 6 8 10 12 14 16 18 20
0
1
0 2 4 6 8 10 12 14 16 18 200
1
0 2 4 6 8 10 12 14 16 18 20
θy=0 .0 0 8 4
θu=0 .0 50 6
-0 .0 6-0 .05-0 .0 4-0 .0 3-0 .0 2-0 .0 10 .0 00 .0 10 .0 20 .0 30 .0 40 .050 .0 6
0 2 4 6 8 10 12 14 16 18 20
0
1
0 2 4 6 8 10 12 14 16 18 200
1
0 2 4 6 8 10 12 14 16 18 20
Level 3
Level 2
Level 1
WD
I
Cho
rd R
otat
ion
(rad
)
Time (s) Time (s) Time (s)
Fig. 6.12 Member Responses under El Centro Ground Motion (Lv1-Lv5)
Notations: 1. θy and θu are the yield and ultimate chord rotation capacities, see Section 6.3.2.2 2. WDI is the abbreviation of Wall Damage Index; WDI=0: Elastic behavior; WDI=1: Inelastic
Behavior; see Section 6.4.2
119
θy=0 .0 0 77
θu=0 .0 4 6 4
-0 .05-0 .0 4-0 .0 3-0 .0 2-0 .0 10 .0 00 .0 10 .0 20 .0 30 .0 40 .050 .0 6
0 2 4 6 8 10 12 14 16 18 20
0
1
0 2 4 6 8 10 12 14 16 18 200
1
0 2 4 6 8 10 12 14 16 18 20
θy=0 .0 0 77
θu=0 .0 4 6 4
-0 .05-0 .0 4-0 .0 3-0 .0 2-0 .0 10 .0 00 .0 10 .0 20 .0 30 .0 40 .050 .0 6
0 2 4 6 8 10 12 14 16 18 20
0
1
0 2 4 6 8 10 12 14 16 18 200
1
0 2 4 6 8 10 12 14 16 18 20
θy=0 .0 0 77
θu=0 .0 4 6 4
-0 .0 6-0 .05-0 .0 4-0 .0 3-0 .0 2-0 .0 10 .0 00 .0 10 .0 20 .0 30 .0 40 .050 .0 6
0 2 4 6 8 10 12 14 16 18 20
0
Right Side Walls Left Side Walls Beams
Level 14
Level 15
1
0 2 4 6 8 10 12 14 16 18 200
1
0 2 4 6 8 10 12 14 16 18 20
θy=0 .0 0 77
θu=0 .0 4 6 4
-0 .0 6-0 .05-0 .0 4-0 .0 3-0 .0 2-0 .0 10 .0 00 .0 10 .0 20 .0 30 .0 40 .050 .0 6
0 2 4 6 8 10 12 14 16 18 20
0
1
0 2 4 6 8 10 12 14 16 18 200
1
0 2 4 6 8 10 12 14 16 18 20
θy=0 .00 77
θu=0 .0 4 6 4
-0 .0 6-0 .05-0 .0 4-0 .0 3-0 .0 2-0 .0 10 .0 00 .0 10 .0 20 .0 30 .0 40 .050 .0 6
0 2 4 6 8 10 12 14 16 18 20
0
1
0 2 4 6 8 10 12 14 16 18 200
1
0 2 4 6 8 10 12 14 16 18 20
Time (s)
WD
I
Cho
rd R
otat
ion
(rad
)
Level 13
Level 12
Level 11
Time (s) Time (s)
Fig. 6.13 Member Responses under Simulated LS Ground Motion (Lv11-Lv15) Notations: 1. θy and θu are the yield and ultimate chord rotation capacities, see Section 6.3.2.2
2. WDI is the abbreviation of Wall Damage Index; WDI=0: Elastic behavior; WDI=1: Inelastic Behavior; see Section 6.4.2
120
Beams Left Side Walls Right Side Walls
θy=0 .00 8 4
θu=0 .0 50 6
-0 .0 6-0 .05-0 .0 4-0 .0 3-0 .0 2-0 .0 10 .0 00 .0 10 .0 20 .0 30 .0 40 .050 .0 6
0 2 4 6 8 10 12 14 16 18 20
0
1
0 2 4 6 8 10 12 14 16 18 200
1
0 2 4 6 8 10 12 14 16 18 20
θy=0 .0 0 8 4
θu=0 .0 50 6
-0 .0 6-0 .05-0 .0 4-0 .0 3-0 .0 2-0 .0 10 .0 00 .0 10 .0 20 .0 30 .0 40 .050 .0 6
0 2 4 6 8 10 12 14 16 18 20
0
1
0 2 4 6 8 10 12 14 16 18 200
1
0 2 4 6 8 10 12 14 16 18 20
θy=0 .0 0 8 4
θu=0 .0 50 6
-0 .05-0 .0 4-0 .0 3-0 .0 2-0 .0 10 .0 00 .0 10 .0 20 .0 30 .0 40 .050 .0 6
0 2 4 6 8 10 12 14 16 18 20
0
Level 9
Level 10
1
0 2 4 6 8 10 12 14 16 18 200
1
0 2 4 6 8 10 12 14 16 18 20
θy=0 .0 0 8 8
θu=0 .0 53 0
-0 .0 6-0 .05-0 .0 4-0 .0 3-0 .0 2-0 .0 10 .0 00 .0 10 .0 20 .0 30 .0 40 .050 .0 6
0 2 4 6 8 10 12 14 16 18 20
0
1
0 2 4 6 8 10 12 14 16 18 200
1
0 2 4 6 8 10 12 14 16 18 20
θy=0 .0 0 8 8
θu=0 .0 53 0
-0 .0 6-0 .05-0 .0 4-0 .0 3-0 .0 2-0 .0 10 .0 00 .0 10 .0 20 .0 30 .0 40 .050 .0 6
0 2 4 6 8 10 12 14 16 18 20
0
1
0 2 4 6 8 10 12 14 16 18 200
1
0 2 4 6 8 10 12 14 16 18 20
Time (s)
Level 8
Level 7
Level 6
WD
I
Cho
rd R
otat
ion
(rad
)
Time (s) Time (s)
Fig. 6.13 Member Responses under Simulated LS Ground Motion (Lv6-Lv10) Notations: 1. θy and θu are the yield and ultimate chord rotation capacities, see Section 6.3.2.2
2. WDI is the abbreviation of Wall Damage Index; WDI=0: Elastic behavior; WDI=1: Inelastic Behavior; see Section 6.4.2
121
Beams Left Side Walls Right Side Walls
θy=0 .0 0 8 8
θu=0 .0 53 0
-0 .0 6-0 .05-0 .0 4-0 .0 3-0 .0 2-0 .0 10 .0 00 .0 10 .0 20 .0 30 .0 40 .050 .0 6
0 2 4 6 8 10 12 14 16 18 20
0
1
0 2 4 6 8 10 12 14 16 18 200
1
0 2 4 6 8 10 12 14 16 18 20
θy=0 .0 0 8 8
θu=0 .0 53 0
-0 .0 6-0 .05-0 .0 4-0 .0 3-0 .0 2-0 .0 10 .0 00 .0 10 .0 20 .0 30 .0 40 .050 .0 6
0 2 4 6 8 10 12 14 16 18 20
0
1
0 2 4 6 8 10 12 14 16 18 200
1
0 2 4 6 8 10 12 14 16 18 20
θy=0 .0 0 8 8
θu=0 .0 53 0
-0 .0 6-0 .05-0 .0 4-0 .0 3-0 .0 2-0 .0 10 .0 00 .0 10 .0 20 .0 30 .0 40 .050 .0 6
0 2 4 6 8 10 12 14 16 18 20
0
Level 4
Level 5
1
0 2 4 6 8 10 12 14 16 18 200
1
0 2 4 6 8 10 12 14 16 18 20
θy=0 .0 0 8 8
θu=0 .0 53 0
-0 .0 6-0 .05-0 .0 4-0 .0 3-0 .0 2-0 .0 10 .0 00 .0 10 .0 20 .0 30 .0 40 .050 .0 6
0 2 4 6 8 10 12 14 16 18 20
0
1
0 2 4 6 8 10 12 14 16 18 200
1
0 2 4 6 8 10 12 14 16 18 20
θy=0 .0 0 8 4
θu=0 .0 50 6
-0 .0 6-0 .05-0 .0 4-0 .0 3-0 .0 2-0 .0 10 .0 00 .0 10 .0 20 .0 30 .0 40 .050 .0 6
0 2 4 6 8 10 12 14 16 18 20
0
1
0 2 4 6 8 10 12 14 16 18 200
1
0 2 4 6 8 10 12 14 16 18 20
Time (s)
Level 3
Level 2
Level 1
WD
I
Cho
rd R
otat
ion
(rad
)
Time (s) Time (s)
Fig. 6.13 Member Responses under Simulated LS Ground Motion (Lv1-Lv5) Notations: 1. θy and θu are the yield and ultimate chord rotation capacities, see Section 6.3.2.2
2. WDI is the abbreviation of Wall Damage Index; WDI=0: Elastic behavior; WDI=1: Inelastic Behavior; see Section 6.4.2
122
θy=0 .0 0 77
θu=0 .0 4 6 4
-0 .0 6-0 .0 5-0 .0 4-0 .0 3-0 .0 2-0 .0 10 .0 00 .0 1
0 .0 20 .0 30 .0 40 .0 50 .0 6
0 2 4 6 8 10 12 14 16 18 2 0
0
1
0 2 4 6 8 10 12 14 16 18 200
1
0 2 4 6 8 10 12 14 16 18 20
θy=0 .0 0 77
θu=0 .0 4 6 4
-0 .0 6-0 .0 5-0 .0 4-0 .0 3-0 .0 2-0 .0 10 .0 00 .0 1
0 .0 20 .0 30 .0 40 .0 50 .0 6
0 2 4 6 8 10 12 14 16 18 2 0
0
1
0 2 4 6 8 10 12 14 16 18 200
1
0 2 4 6 8 10 12 14 16 18 20
θy=0 .0 0 77
θu=0 .0 4 6 4
-0 .0 6-0 .0 5-0 .0 4-0 .0 3-0 .0 2-0 .0 10 .0 00 .0 1
0 .0 20 .0 30 .0 40 .0 50 .0 6
0 2 4 6 8 10 12 14 16 18 2 0
0
Right Side Walls Left Side Walls Beams
Level 14
Level 15
1
0 2 4 6 8 10 12 14 16 18 200
1
0 2 4 6 8 10 12 14 16 18 20
θy=0 .0 0 77
θu=0 .0 4 6 4
-0 .0 6-0 .0 5-0 .0 4-0 .0 3-0 .0 2-0 .0 10 .0 00 .0 1
0 .0 20 .0 30 .0 40 .0 50 .0 6
0 2 4 6 8 10 12 14 16 18 2 0
0
1
0 2 4 6 8 10 12 14 16 18 20
θy=0 .00 77
θu=0 .0 4 6 4
-0 .0 6-0 .0 5-0 .0 4-0 .0 3-0 .0 2-0 .0 10 .0 00 .0 1
0 .0 20 .0 30 .0 40 .0 50 .0 6
0 2 4 6 8 10 12 14 16 18 2 0
0
1
0 2 4 6 8 10 12 14 16 18 20
0
1
0 2 4 6 8 10 12 14 16 18 20
0
1
0 2 4 6 8 10 12 14 16 18 20
Time (s)
WD
I
Cho
rd R
otat
ion
(rad
)
Level 13
Level 12
Level 11
Time (s) Time (s)
Fig. 6.14 Member Responses under Simulated CP Ground Motion (Lv11-Lv15) Notations: 1. θy and θu are the yield and ultimate chord rotation capacities, see Section 6.3.2.2
2. WDI is the abbreviation of Wall Damage Index; WDI=0: Elastic behavior; WDI=1: Inelastic Behavior; see Section 6.4.2
123
Beams Left Side Walls Right Side Walls
θy=0 .00 8 4
θu=0 .0 50 6
-0 .0 6-0 .05-0 .0 4-0 .0 3-0 .0 2-0 .0 10 .0 00 .0 10 .0 20 .0 30 .0 40 .050 .0 6
0 2 4 6 8 10 12 14 16 18 20
0
1
0 2 4 6 8 10 12 14 16 18 20
θy=0 .0 0 8 4
θu=0 .0 50 6
-0 .0 6-0 .05-0 .0 4-0 .0 3-0 .0 2-0 .0 10 .0 00 .0 10 .0 20 .0 30 .0 40 .050 .0 6
0 2 4 6 8 10 12 14 16 18 20
0
1
0 2 4 6 8 10 12 14 16 18 200
1
0 2 4 6 8 10 12 14 16 18 20
θy=0 .0 0 8 4
θu=0 .0 50 6
-0 .05-0 .0 4-0 .0 3-0 .0 2-0 .0 10 .0 00 .0 10 .0 20 .0 30 .0 40 .050 .0 6
0 2 4 6 8 10 12 14 16 18 20
0
1
0 2 4 6 8 10 12 14 16 18 200
1
0 2 4 6 8 10 12 14 16 18 20
θy=0 .0 0 8 8
θu=0 .0 53 0
-0 .0 6-0 .05-0 .0 4-0 .0 3-0 .0 2-0 .0 10 .0 00 .0 10 .0 20 .0 30 .0 40 .050 .0 6
0 2 4 6 8 10 12 14 16 18 20
0
1
0 2 4 6 8 10 12 14 16 18 200
1
0 2 4 6 8 10 12 14 16 18 20
θy=0 .0 0 8 8
θu=0 .0 53 0
-0 .0 6-0 .05-0 .0 4-0 .0 3-0 .0 2-0 .0 10 .0 00 .0 10 .0 20 .0 30 .0 40 .050 .0 6
0 2 4 6 8 10 12 14 16 18 20
0
1
0 2 4 6 8 10 12 14 16 18 200
1
0 2 4 6 8 10 12 14 16 18 20
0
1
0 2 4 6 8 10 12 14 16 18 20
Level 9
Level 8
Level 7
Level 6
Level 10
WD
I
Cho
rd R
otat
ion
(rad
)
Time (s) Time (s) Time (s)
Fig. 6.14 Member Responses under Simulated CP Ground Motion (Lv6-Lv10) Notations: 1. θy and θu are the yield and ultimate chord rotation capacities, see Section 6.3.2.2
2. WDI is the abbreviation of Wall Damage Index; WDI=0: Elastic behavior; WDI=1: Inelastic Behavior; see Section 6.4.2
124
Beams Left Side Walls Right Side Walls
θy=0 .00 8 8
θu=0 .0 53 0
-0 .0 6-0 .0 5-0 .0 4-0 .0 3-0 .0 2-0 .010 .0 00 .01
0 .0 20 .0 30 .0 40 .0 50 .0 6
0 2 4 6 8 10 12 14 16 18 20
0
1
0 2 4 6 8 10 12 14 16 18 200
1
0 2 4 6 8 10 12 14 16 18 20
θy=0 .00 8 8
θu=0 .0 53 0
-0 .0 6-0 .0 5-0 .0 4-0 .0 3-0 .0 2-0 .010 .0 00 .01
0 .0 20 .0 30 .0 40 .0 50 .0 6
0 2 4 6 8 10 12 14 16 18 20
θy=0 .00 8 8
θu=0 .0 53 0
-0 .0 6-0 .0 5-0 .0 4-0 .0 3-0 .0 2-0 .010 .0 00 .01
0 .0 20 .0 30 .0 40 .0 50 .0 6
0 2 4 6 8 10 12 14 16 18 20
0
Level 5
1
0 2 4 6 8 10 12 14 16 18 200
1
0 2 4 6 8 10 12 14 16 18 20
θy=0 .00 8 8
θu=0 .0 53 0
-0 .0 6-0 .0 5-0 .0 4-0 .0 3-0 .0 2-0 .010 .0 00 .01
0 .0 20 .0 30 .0 40 .0 50 .0 6
0 2 4 6 8 10 12 14 16 18 20
0
1
0 2 4 6 8 10 12 14 16 18 200
1
0 2 4 6 8 10 12 14 16 18 20
θy=0 .00 8 4
θu=0 .0 50 6
-0 .0 6-0 .0 5-0 .0 4-0 .0 3-0 .0 2-0 .010 .0 00 .01
0 .0 20 .0 30 .0 40 .0 50 .0 6
0 2 4 6 8 10 12 14 16 18 20
0
1
0 2 4 6 8 10 12 14 16 18 200
1
0 2 4 6 8 10 12 14 16 18 20
0
1
0 2 4 6 8 10 12 14 16 18 200
1
0 2 4 6 8 10 12 14 16 18 20
Time (s)
Level 4
Level 3
Level 2
Level 1
WD
I
Cho
rd R
otat
ion
(rad
)
Time (s) Time (s)
Fig. 6.14 Member Responses under Simulated CP Ground Motion (Lv1-Lv5) Notations: 1. θy and θu are the yield and ultimate chord rotation capacities, see Section 6.3.2.2
2. WDI is the abbreviation of Wall Damage Index; WDI=0: Elastic behavior; WDI=1: Inelastic Behavior; see Section 6.4.2
125
θy=0 .0 0 77
θu=0 .0 4 6 4
-0 .0 6-0 .0 5-0 .0 4-0 .0 3-0 .0 2-0 .0 10 .0 00 .0 1
0 .0 20 .0 30 .0 40 .0 50 .0 60 .0 70 .0 8
0 2 4 6 8 10 12 14 16 18 2 0
θy=0 .0 077
θu=0 .0 4 6 4
-0 .0 6-0 .0 5-0 .0 4-0 .0 3-0 .0 2-0 .0 10 .0 00 .0 1
0 .0 20 .0 30 .0 40 .0 50 .0 60 .0 70 .0 8
0 2 4 6 8 10 12 14 16 18 2 0
θy=0 .0 0 77
θu=0 .0 4 6 4
-0 .0 6-0 .0 5-0 .0 4-0 .0 3-0 .0 2-0 .0 10 .0 00 .0 1
0 .0 20 .0 30 .0 40 .0 50 .0 60 .0 70 .0 8
0 2 4 6 8 10 12 14 16 18 2 0
θy=0 .0 0 77
θu=0 .0 4 6 4
-0 .0 6-0 .0 5-0 .0 4-0 .0 3-0 .0 2-0 .0 10 .0 00 .0 1
0 .0 20 .0 30 .0 40 .0 50 .0 60 .0 70 .0 8
0 2 4 6 8 10 12 14 16 18 2 0
θy=0 .0 0 77
θu=0 .0 4 6 4
-0 .0 6-0 .0 5-0 .0 4-0 .0 3-0 .0 2-0 .0 10 .0 00 .0 1
0 .0 20 .0 30 .0 40 .0 50 .0 60 .0 70 .0 8
0 2 4 6 8 10 12 14 16 18 2 0
0
1
0 2 4 6 8 10 12 14 16 18 200
1
0 2 4 6 8 10 12 14 16 18 20
0
1
0 2 4 6 8 10 12 14 16 18 200
1
0 2 4 6 8 10 12 14 16 18 20
0
1
0 2 4 6 8 10 12 14 16 18 200
1
0 2 4 6 8 10 12 14 16 18 20
0
1
0 2 4 6 8 10 12 14 16 18 20
0
1
0 2 4 6 8 10 12 14 16 18 20
0
1
0 2 4 6 8 10 12 14 16 18 20
0
1
0 2 4 6 8 10 12 14 16 18 20
Time (s)
WD
I
Cho
rd R
otat
ion
(rad
) Right Side Walls Left Side Walls Beams
Level 14
Level 13
Level 12
Level 11
Level 15
Time (s) Time (s)
Fig. 6.15 Member Responses under Northridge Pacoima Ground Motion (Lv11-Lv15)
Notations: 1. θy and θu are the yield and ultimate chord rotation capacities, see Section 6.3.2.2 2. WDI is the abbreviation of Wall Damage Index; WDI=0: Elastic behavior; WDI=1: Inelastic
Behavior; see Section 6.4.2
126
Beams Left Side Walls Right Side Walls
θy=0 .0 0 77
θu=0 .0 4 6 4
-0 .0 6-0 .0 5-0 .0 4-0 .0 3-0 .0 2-0 .0 10 .0 00 .0 1
0 .0 20 .0 30 .0 40 .0 50 .0 60 .0 70 .0 8
0 2 4 6 8 10 12 14 16 18 2 0
θy=0 .0 077
θu=0 .0 4 6 4
-0 .0 6-0 .0 5-0 .0 4-0 .0 3-0 .0 2-0 .0 10 .0 00 .0 1
0 .0 20 .0 30 .0 40 .0 50 .0 60 .0 70 .0 8
0 2 4 6 8 10 12 14 16 18 2 0
θy=0 .0 0 77
θu=0 .0 4 6 4
-0 .0 6-0 .0 5-0 .0 4-0 .0 3-0 .0 2-0 .0 10 .0 00 .0 1
0 .0 20 .0 30 .0 40 .0 50 .0 60 .0 70 .0 8
0 2 4 6 8 10 12 14 16 18 2 0
θy=0 .0 0 77
θu=0 .0 4 6 4
-0 .0 6-0 .0 5-0 .0 4-0 .0 3-0 .0 2-0 .0 10 .0 00 .0 1
0 .0 20 .0 30 .0 40 .0 50 .0 60 .0 70 .0 8
0 2 4 6 8 10 12 14 16 18 2 0
θy=0 .0 0 77
θu=0 .0 4 6 4
-0 .0 6-0 .0 5-0 .0 4-0 .0 3-0 .0 2-0 .0 10 .0 00 .0 1
0 .0 20 .0 30 .0 40 .0 50 .0 60 .0 70 .0 8
0 2 4 6 8 10 12 14 16 18 2 0
0
1
0 2 4 6 8 10 12 14 16 18 200
1
0 2 4 6 8 10 12 14 16 18 20
0
1
0 2 4 6 8 10 12 14 16 18 200
1
0 2 4 6 8 10 12 14 16 18 20
0
Time (s)
Level 9
Level 10
Cho
rd R
otat
ion
(rad
)
Time (s) Time (s)
1
0 2 4 6 8 10 12 14 16 18 200
1
0 2 4 6 8 10 12 14 16 18 20
0
1
0 2 4 6 8 10 12 14 16 18 20
0
1
0 2 4 6 8 10 12 14 16 18 20
0
1
0 2 4 6 8 10 12 14 16 18 20
0
1
0 2 4 6 8 10 12 14 16 18 20
Level 8
Level 7
Level 6
WD
I
Fig. 6.15 Member Responses under Northridge Pacoima Ground Motion (Lv6-Lv10)
Notations: 1. θy and θu are the yield and ultimate chord rotation capacities, see Section 6.3.2.2 2. WDI is the abbreviation of Wall Damage Index; WDI=0: Elastic behavior; WDI=1: Inelastic
Behavior; see Section 6.4.2
127
Beams Left Side Walls Right Side Walls
θy=0 .0 0 8 8
θu=0 .0 53 0
-0 .0 6-0 .0 5-0 .0 4-0 .0 3-0 .0 2-0 .0 10 .0 00 .0 10 .0 20 .0 30 .0 40 .050 .0 60 .070 .0 8
0 2 4 6 8 10 12 14 16 18 2 0
0
1
0 2 4 6 8 10 12 14 16 18 200
1
0 2 4 6 8 10 12 14 16 18 20
θy=0 .0 0 8 8
θu=0 .0 53 0
-0 .0 6-0 .0 5-0 .0 4-0 .0 3-0 .0 2-0 .0 10 .0 00 .0 10 .0 20 .0 30 .0 40 .050 .0 60 .070 .0 8
0 2 4 6 8 10 12 14 16 18 2 0
0
1
0 2 4 6 8 10 12 14 16 18 200
1
0 2 4 6 8 10 12 14 16 18 20
θy=0 .0 0 8 8
θu=0 .0 53 0
-0 .0 6-0 .0 5-0 .0 4-0 .0 3-0 .0 2-0 .0 10 .0 00 .0 10 .0 20 .0 30 .0 40 .050 .0 60 .070 .0 8
0 2 4 6 8 10 12 14 16 18 2 0
0
Level 4
Level 5
1
0 2 4 6 8 10 12 14 16 18 200
1
0 2 4 6 8 10 12 14 16 18 20
θy=0 .0 0 8 8
θu=0 .0 53 0
-0 .0 6-0 .0 5-0 .0 4-0 .0 3-0 .0 2-0 .0 10 .0 00 .0 10 .0 20 .0 30 .0 40 .050 .0 60 .070 .0 8
0 2 4 6 8 10 12 14 16 18 2 0
0
1
0 2 4 6 8 10 12 14 16 18 200
1
0 2 4 6 8 10 12 14 16 18 20
θy=0 .0 0 8 4
θu=0 .0 50 6
-0 .0 6-0 .0 5-0 .0 4-0 .0 3-0 .0 2-0 .0 10 .0 00 .0 10 .0 20 .0 30 .0 40 .050 .0 60 .070 .0 8
0 2 4 6 8 10 12 14 16 18 2 0
0
1
0 2 4 6 8 10 12 14 16 18 200
1
0 2 4 6 8 10 12 14 16 18 20
Level 3
Level 2
Level 1
WD
I
Cho
rd R
otat
ion
(rad
)
Time (s) Time (s) Time (s)
Fig. 6.15 Member Responses under Northridge Pacoima Ground Motion (Lv1-Lv5) Notations: 1. θy and θu are the yield and ultimate chord rotation capacities, see Section 6.3.2.2
2. WDI is the abbreviation of Wall Damage Index; WDI=0: Elastic behavior; WDI=1: Inelastic Behavior; see Section 6.4.2
128
θy=0 .0 0 77
θu=0 .04 6 4
-0 .0 8-0 .07-0 .0 6-0 .05-0 .0 4-0 .0 3-0 .0 2-0 .0 10 .0 00 .0 10 .0 20 .0 30 .0 40 .050 .0 6
0 2 4 6 8 10 12 14 16 18 2 0
0
1
0 2 4 6 8 10 12 14 16 18 200
1
0 2 4 6 8 10 12 14 16 18 20
θy=0 .0 0 77
θu=0 .04 6 4
-0 .0 8-0 .07-0 .0 6-0 .05-0 .0 4-0 .0 3-0 .0 2-0 .0 10 .0 00 .0 10 .0 20 .0 30 .0 40 .050 .0 6
0 2 4 6 8 10 12 14 16 18 2 0
0
1
0 2 4 6 8 10 12 14 16 18 200
1
0 2 4 6 8 10 12 14 16 18 20
θy=0 .00 77
θu=0 .04 6 4
-0 .0 8-0 .07-0 .0 6-0 .05-0 .0 4-0 .0 3-0 .0 2-0 .0 10 .0 00 .0 10 .0 20 .0 30 .0 40 .050 .0 6
0 2 4 6 8 10 12 14 16 18 2 0
0
Right Side Walls Left Side Walls Beams
Level 14
Level 15
1
0 2 4 6 8 10 12 14 16 18 200
1
0 2 4 6 8 10 12 14 16 18 20
θy=0 .00 77
θu=0 .04 6 4
-0 .0 8-0 .07-0 .0 6-0 .05-0 .0 4-0 .0 3-0 .0 2-0 .0 10 .0 00 .0 10 .0 20 .0 30 .0 40 .050 .0 6
0 2 4 6 8 10 12 14 16 18 2 0
0
1
0 2 4 6 8 10 12 14 16 18 20
θy=0 .0 077
θu=0 .04 6 4
-0 .0 8-0 .07-0 .0 6-0 .05-0 .0 4-0 .0 3-0 .0 2-0 .0 10 .0 00 .0 10 .0 20 .0 30 .0 40 .050 .0 6
0 2 4 6 8 10 12 14 16 18 2 0
0
1
0 2 4 6 8 10 12 14 16 18 20
0
1
0 2 4 6 8 10 12 14 16 18 20
0
1
0 2 4 6 8 10 12 14 16 18 20
Time (s)
WD
I
Cho
rd R
otat
ion
(rad
)
Level 13
Level 12
Level 11
Time (s) Time (s)
Fig. 6.16 Member Responses under Northridge Sylmar Ground Motion (Lv11-Lv15) Notations: 1. θy and θu are the yield and ultimate chord rotation capacities, see Section 6.3.2.2
2. WDI is the abbreviation of Wall Damage Index; WDI=0: Elastic behavior; WDI=1: Inelastic Behavior; see Section 6.4.2
129
Beams Left Side Walls Right Side Walls
θy=0 .0 0 8 4
θu=0 .0 50 6
-0 .0 8-0 .0 7-0 .0 6-0 .0 5-0 .0 4-0 .0 3-0 .0 2-0 .0 10 .0 00 .01
0 .0 20 .0 30 .0 40 .0 50 .0 6
0 2 4 6 8 10 12 14 16 18 20
0
1
0 2 4 6 8 10 12 14 16 18 20
θy=0 .0 08 4
θu=0 .0 50 6
-0 .0 8-0 .0 7-0 .0 6-0 .0 5-0 .0 4-0 .0 3-0 .0 2-0 .0 10 .0 00 .01
0 .0 20 .0 30 .0 40 .0 50 .0 6
0 2 4 6 8 10 12 14 16 18 20
θy=0 .0 08 4
θu=0 .0 50 6
-0 .0 8-0 .0 7-0 .0 6-0 .0 5-0 .0 4-0 .0 3-0 .0 2-0 .0 10 .0 00 .01
0 .0 20 .0 30 .0 40 .0 50 .0 6
0 2 4 6 8 10 12 14 16 18 20
θy=0 .0 08 8
θu=0 .0 53 0
-0 .0 8-0 .0 7-0 .0 6-0 .0 5-0 .0 4-0 .0 3-0 .0 2-0 .0 10 .0 00 .01
0 .0 20 .0 30 .0 40 .0 50 .0 6
0 2 4 6 8 10 12 14 16 18 20
0
1
0 2 4 6 8 10 12 14 16 18 200
1
0 2 4 6 8 10 12 14 16 18 20
θy=0 .0 08 8
θu=0 .0 53 0
-0 .0 8-0 .0 7-0 .0 6-0 .0 5-0 .0 4-0 .0 3-0 .0 2-0 .0 10 .0 00 .01
0 .0 20 .0 30 .0 40 .0 50 .0 6
0 2 4 6 8 10 12 14 16 18 20
0
1
0 2 4 6 8 10 12 14 16 18 200
1
0 2 4 6 8 10 12 14 16 18 20
0
1
0 2 4 6 8 10 12 14 16 18 20
0
1
0 2 4 6 8 10 12 14 16 18 200
1
0 2 4 6 8 10 12 14 16 18 20
0
1
0 2 4 6 8 10 12 14 16 18 200
1
0 2 4 6 8 10 12 14 16 18 20
Time (s)
Level 9
Level 8
Level 7
Level 6
Level 10
WD
I
Cho
rd R
otat
ion
(rad
)
Time (s) Time (s)
Fig. 6.16 Member Responses under Northridge Sylmar Ground Motion (Lv6-Lv10) Notations: 1. θy and θu are the yield and ultimate chord rotation capacities, see Section 6.3.2.2
2. WDI is the abbreviation of Wall Damage Index; WDI=0: Elastic behavior; WDI=1: Inelastic Behavior; see Section 6.4.2
130
Beams Left Side Walls Right Side Walls
θy=0 .00 8 8
θu=0 .0 53 0
-0 .0 8-0 .0 7-0 .0 6-0 .0 5-0 .0 4-0 .0 3-0 .0 2-0 .010 .0 00 .01
0 .0 20 .0 30 .0 40 .0 50 .0 6
0 2 4 6 8 10 12 14 16 18 2 0
0
1
0 2 4 6 8 10 12 14 16 18 20
θy=0 .00 8 8
θu=0 .0 53 0
-0 .0 8-0 .0 7-0 .0 6-0 .0 5-0 .0 4-0 .0 3-0 .0 2-0 .010 .0 00 .01
0 .0 20 .0 30 .0 40 .0 50 .0 6
0 2 4 6 8 10 12 14 16 18 2 0
θy=0 .00 8 8
θu=0 .0 53 0
-0 .0 8-0 .0 7-0 .0 6-0 .0 5-0 .0 4-0 .0 3-0 .0 2-0 .010 .0 00 .01
0 .0 20 .0 30 .0 40 .0 50 .0 6
0 2 4 6 8 10 12 14 16 18 2 0
0
1
0 2 4 6 8 10 12 14 16 18 200
1
0 2 4 6 8 10 12 14 16 18 20
θy=0 .00 8 8
θu=0 .0 53 0
-0 .0 8-0 .0 7-0 .0 6-0 .0 5-0 .0 4-0 .0 3-0 .0 2-0 .010 .0 00 .01
0 .0 20 .0 30 .0 40 .0 50 .0 6
0 2 4 6 8 10 12 14 16 18 2 0
0
1
0 2 4 6 8 10 12 14 16 18 200
1
0 2 4 6 8 10 12 14 16 18 20
θy=0 .00 8 4
θu=0 .0 50 6
-0 .0 8-0 .0 7-0 .0 6-0 .0 5-0 .0 4-0 .0 3-0 .0 2-0 .010 .0 00 .01
0 .0 20 .0 30 .0 40 .0 50 .0 6
0 2 4 6 8 10 12 14 16 18 2 0
0
1
0 2 4 6 8 10 12 14 16 18 20
0
1
0 2 4 6 8 10 12 14 16 18 200
1
0 2 4 6 8 10 12 14 16 18 20
0
1
0 2 4 6 8 10 12
Time (s)
Level 4
WD
I
Cho
rd R
otat
ion
(rad
)
14 16 18 200
1
0 2 4 6 8 10 12 14
Level 3
Level 2
Level 1
Level 5
Time (s) 16 18 20
Time (s)
Fig. 6.16 Member Responses under Northridge Sylmar Ground Motion (Lv1-Lv5) Notations: 1. θy and θu are the yield and ultimate chord rotation capacities, see Section 6.3.2.2
2. WDI is the abbreviation of Wall Damage Index; WDI=0: Elastic behavior; WDI=1: Inelastic Behavior; see Section 6.4.2
131
Chapter 7 Conclusions and Recommendations for Future Research 7.1 Summary
The thesis presents the details of an insightful investigation of the behavior of a
15-story coupled core wall (CCW) building designed by a performance-based design
(PBD) methodology. ETABS elastic analyses of four prototype structures were carried
out initially to establish the critical geometry of the structure used in this research. The
high shear stresses in the coupling beams show the difficulties of using strength-based
design method of current building codes. Performance-based design method is introduced
as a viable alternative design approach. In this study, PBD criteria are proposed for
performance at the life safety (LS) and collapse prevention (CP) levels. Coupling beams
are allowed to yield, the wall piers are required to remain elastic, and the maximum story
drift is limited to less than 2% under LS seismic loads. Under CP seismic loads, wall
piers are permitted to yield and beams are allowed to reach their ultimate limit state.
Other performance criteria may be selected to capture the expected behavior of CCW.
Different shear capacities, within the limits of capacities of constructible coupling beams,
are assigned to coupling beams at different levels to simulate approximately the
distribution of shear forces computed from elastic analysis. Within the context of PBD, a
simplified method is suggested for computing the wall pier design forces without
cumbersome iterations. Using the data from previous tests, a new model was developed
to more accurately capture the expected rotational capacities and strengths of diagonally
reinforced concrete coupling beams at yield and ultimate limit states. This model was
132
used as part of modeling of the prototype structure. Detailed nonlinear static and dynamic
analyses were conducted to evaluate the adequacy of the PBD methodology used herein.
7.2 Conclusions
The following conclusions may be drawn from the results and discussions presented
in this report.
(1) The critical dimensions of typical CCW buildings are determined by two
factors: (i) 2% story drift limit specified in the US code (NEHRP) and (ii) a minimum
66% degree of coupling as specified in Canadian code (NBCC). Usually, the first
parameter controls, and the second parameter is checked.
(2) High shear stresses in coupling beams are produced by following the traditional
strength-based design method. The largest shear stress exceeds the maximum value
specified in ACI building code (10 'cf ) and the maximum value for constructible beams
(6 'cf ). The high shear stresses indicate that the prototype building can not be designed
by strength-based method.
(3) The assumption of strength-based design method, which enforces the coupling
beams to yield simultaneously with the wall piers, is not valid. This assumption is the
underlying cause of high shear stresses in coupling beams.
(4) FEMA 356 provides conservative estimations of deformation and strength
capacities of diagonally reinforced concrete coupling beams, especially for yield chord
rotation. The proposed new model provides a more precise method for predicting the
133
behaviors of diagonally reinforced concrete beams, which are needed for nonlinear
analyses.
(5) The performance-based design method greatly reduces the shear stresses in
coupling beams, and increases the wall pier forces which can be handled by traditional
design measures. The ACI building code and practical constructability requirements can
easily be met by using this method.
(6) The pushover analysis indicates that the coupling beams and wall piers yield at
different base shear levels.
(7) The beams in the upper levels undergo larger chord rotations than those close to
the lower parts. The nonlinear dynamic analyses also demonstrate that the maximum
chord rotation occurs within the top three stories. As a result, the beams in the upper
levels need to be designed with more deformation capacities.
(8) The inelastic deformation of wall pier is not restricted to the ground floor. It
spreads to wall piers in other floors both in the pushover and nonlinear dynamic analyses.
The occurrence of inelastic deformations in the upper floors indicates reduction of
structural stiffness and loss of degree of coupling.
(9) The pushover analysis indicates that at drift corresponding to the life safety (LS)
limit state the walls have remained elastic while all the coupling beams have undergone
inelastic deformations. Under ground motions equal to (or less than) the LS level, a
similar observation can be made. The wall piers do not experience inelastic deformation
until the collapse prevention (CP) limit state or ground motions equal to (or more than)
134
the CP level are considered. These observations regarding the behavior of the prototype
structure under static and dynamic loads suggest the adequacy of the PBD methodology
as presented herein for design of coupled core walls.
7.3 Recommendations for Future Research
This research is an attempt to implement PBD methodology for design of CCW
structures. The following future research topics are recommended to further develop this
new design method.
(1) The accuracy of the new model (proposed in Chapter 5) for predicting of
response of diagonally reinforced concrete beams needs to be verified through additional
tests, particularly those with ACI 318-02 compliant specimens.
(2) The PBD design with performance criteria other than those implemented in this
research (see Section 6.3.1) should be tried out. Thus, it will be possible to optimize PBD
design by comparing the results from different performance criteria.
(3) The contributions of structural members surrounding the coupled core walls
should be taken into account in the analyses. In particular, the effects of slab stiffness and
the participation of perimeter and other gravity load columns need to be investigated.
(4) Performance based design of different types of coupling beams, such as steel,
hybrid, and fused coupling beams, should be conducted.
(5) Additional CCW systems with complex configurations (e.g. asymmetric systems
and wall piers with openings) should be investigated to more extensively evaluate the
135
applicability of PBD method.
136
Reference
American Concrete Institute Committee 318, 2002, ACI 318-02 Building Code
Requirements for Reinforced Concrete and Commentary (ACI 318-02/ACI 318R-02),
American Concrete Institute, Farmington Hills, MI
ACI-ASCE Committee 352 (Joint), 2002, Recommendations for Design of Beam-Column
Connections in Monolithic Reinforced Concrete Structures (ACI 352R-02), American
Concrete Institute, Farmington Hills, MI
Barney, G.B., Shiu, K.N., Rabbat, B.G., Fiorako, A.E., Russell, H.G., and Corley, W.G.,
1978, Earthquake Resistant Structural Walls-Test of Coupling Beams, Report to National
Science Foundation, Portland Cement Association, Skokie, IL
Bertero, V., 1997, Performance-based Seismic Engineering: A Critical Review of
Proposed Guidelines, Seismic Design Methodologies for the Next Generation of Codes,
A.A. Balkema Publisher, pp1-32
Brienen, P., 2002, Spreadsheets (electronic version) of a 10-Story CCW Building Design
Carr, J, 2000, Manual of Ruaumoko-Computer Program Library, Department of Civil
Engineering, University of Canterbury
137
Computers and Structures Inc (CSI), 1997, ETABS v6.2 Three Dimensional Analysis of
Building Systems User Manual
Federal Emergency Management Agency, 2000, NEHRP Recommendation Provisions for
Seismic Regulations for New Buildings and Other Structures (NEHRP 2000)
Federal Emergency Management Agency, 2000, Prestandard and Commentary for the
Seismic Rehabilitation of Buildings (FEMA 356)
Fortney, P., 2005, Next Generation Coupling Beams, Ph.D Dissertation, Civil and
Environmental Engineering Dept., University of Cincinnati
Galano,L., Vignoli, A., 2000, Seismic Behavior of Short Coupling Beams with Different
Reinforcement Layouts, ACI Structural Journal, Vol 97, No. 6, pp 171-179
Hindi, A., Sexsmith, R., 2001, A Proposed Damage Model for R/C Bridge Columns
under Cyclic Loading, Earthquake Spectra, EERI, Vol. 17, No. 2
Harries, K.A., Mitchell, D., Redwood, R.G., and Cook, W.D., 1998, Nonlinear Seismic
Response Predictions of Walls Coupled with Steel and Concrete Beams, Canadian
Journal of Civil Engineering, Vol 25, pp803-818
138
Harries, K.A., Fortney P.J., Shahrooz B.M., and Brienen P., 2003, Design of Practical
Diagonally Reinforced Concrete Coupling Beams—A Critical Review of ACI 318
Requirements, ACI Structural Journal, in press
Harries, K. A., Shahrooz, B. M., Brienen, P., Fortney, P. J., 2004, Performance-Based
Design of Coupled Wall Systems, Composite Construction V, July 18-23, 2004, Kruger
National Park, South Africa, in press
Imbsen Software Systems, 2002, Release Notes of XTRACT v 2.6.2—Cross Sectional Xs
Structural Analysis of Components
McNeice, D., 2004, Performance Based Design of a 30 Story Coupled Core Wall
Structure, Master Thesis, Department of Civil Engineering, University of South Carolina
National Research Council of Canada, 1995, National Building Code of Canada, (NBCC)
Park, R., Paulay, T., 1975, Reinforced Concrete Structures, John Wiley&Sons Inc.,
pp645-655
Paulay, T., and Binney, J. R., 1974, Diagonally Reinforced Coupling Beams of Shear
Walls, ACI Special Publication, Shear In Reinforced Concrete, Vol 2, pp579-598
139
Paulay, T., and Santhakumar, A.R., 1976, Ductile Behavior of Coupled Shear Walls,
Journal of Structural Division, ASCE, Vol. 102, No. ST1, pp.93-108
Paulay, T., Priestley, M.J.N., 1992, Seismic Design of Reinforced Concrete and Masonry
Buildings, John Wiley&Sons Inc., pp376-377, pp381-383
Paulay, T., 2002, A Displacement-Focused Seismic Design of Mixed Building Systems,
Earthquake Spectra, 18(4), pp689-718.
Shahrooz, B., Harries, K., 2005, Spreadsheets (electronic version) of Coupling Beam
Experiment Database
Tassios, P., Moretti, M., Bezas, A., 1996, On the Behavior and Ductility of Reinforced
Concrete Coupling Beams of Shear Walls, ACI Structural Journal, November-December,
pp711-720
Segui, T., 2003, LRFD Steel Design(3rd Edition), Thomson, pp7-10
140
Appendix A Preliminary Design Calculations
Notations:
xA : Torsion amplification factor in the X direction
xavgA : Average value of of all floors xA
yA : Torsion amplification factor in the Y direction
xavgA : Average value of of all floors yA
dC : Deflection amplification factor
sC : Seismic response coefficient of the ELF method
cvxC : Vertical distribution factor of ELF
F : Lateral force from the ELF method
h : Story height
ih : Height from measured from the base to level i
I : Importance factor of the building, equal to 1
L : Coupling arm, distance between two centroids of adjacent walls
: Accidental torsion associated with taM F
: Overturning moment at the base otmM
: Beam shear V
bV : Design base shear
sumV : Sum of beam shears
: Building total weight W
A-1
: Weight of story i iw
δ : Total displacement
eδ : Elastic displacement
avgδ : Average displacement
maxδ : Maximum displacement
taδ : Displacement due to accidental torsion
: Story drift ∆
A-2
Table A.1.1 Gravity Load of Prototype I Top Floor
Unit Weight Volume or Area Weight Walls 150 pcf 496 ft3 74 (kips)Beams 150 pcf 40 ft3 6 (kips)Columns 150 pcf 408 ft3 61(kips)Slab 150 pcf 6667 ft3 1000 (kips)Partitions 10 psf 10000 ft2 100 (kips)Claddings 15 psf 1836 ft2 28 (kips)Mechanics 5 psf 10000 ft2 50 (kips)Total Loads of Top Floor 1319 (kips)
Middle Floors Unit Weight Volume or Area Weight Walls 150 pcf 991 ft3 149 (kips)Beams 150 pcf 40 ft3 6 (kips)Columns 150 pcf 815 ft3 122 (kips)Slab 150 pcf 6667 ft3 1000 (kips)Partitions 10 psf 10000 ft2 100 (kips)Claddings 15 psf 3668 ft2 55 (kips)Mechanics 5 psf 10000 ft2 50 (kips)Total Loads of Middle Floor 1482 (kips)
Ground Floor Unit Weight Volume or Area Weight Walls 150 pcf 1153 ft3 173 (kips)Beams 150 pcf 40 ft3 6 (kips)Columns 150 pcf 948 ft3 142 (kips)Slab 150 pcf 6667 ft3 1000 (kips)Partitions 10 psf 10000 ft2 100 (kips)Claddings 15 psf 4268 ft2 64 (kips)Mechanics 5 psf 10000 ft2 50 (kips)Total Loads of Ground Floor 1535 (kips)Total Building Weight 22120 (kips)
A-3
Table A.1.2 ELF Lateral Load of Prototype I
Story Story Weight, wi
(kips) Height above Grade, hi
(ft) Vertical Distribution
Factor, Cvx
Lateral Load at Stories, F
(kips)
Accidental Torsion at Stories, Mta
(k-ft) 15 1319 140.55 0.162 407.4 2037.0 14 1482 131.38 0.159 399.9 1999.5 13 1482 122.21 0.137 346.0 1730.0 12 1482 113.04 0.117 296.0 1480.0 11 1482 103.87 0.099 250.0 1250.0 10 1482 94.70 0.082 207.8 1039.0
9 1482 85.53 0.067 169.5 847.5 8 1482 76.36 0.054 135.1 675.5 7 1482 67.19 0.041 104.6 523.0 6 1482 58.02 0.031 78.0 390.0 5 1482 48.85 0.022 55.3 276.5 4 1482 39.68 0.014 36.5 182.5 3 1482 30.51 0.009 21.6 108.0 2 1482 21.34 0.004 10.6 53.0 1 1535 12.17 0.001 3.6 18.0
Sum 22120 1.000 2521.7
Lateral Load Distribution at Stories
Story
Fx(kips)123456789
101112131415
0.0 100.0 200.0 300.0 400.0 500.0
A-4
Table A.1.3 Max Story Drift of Prototype I in the X Direction
Story δavg
(ft) δta (ft)
δmax= δavg + δta (ft)
Ax=[ δmax /(1.2 δavg)]2
δe= δavg +Axavg δta(ft)
δ= δe Cd/I(ft)
∆ (ft)
h (ft)
∆/ h (%)
15 0.7412 0.1742 0.9155 1.06 0.9433 4.7164 0.2861 9.17 3.12%14 0.6934 0.1662 0.8595 1.07 0.8861 4.4303 0.3003 9.17 3.27%13 0.6437 0.1572 0.8009 1.07 0.8260 4.1299 0.3159 9.17 3.45%12 0.5920 0.1473 0.7393 1.08 0.7628 3.8140 0.3311 9.17 3.61%11 0.5383 0.1365 0.6748 1.09 0.6966 3.4830 0.3440 9.17 3.75%10 0.4830 0.1249 0.6079 1.10 0.6278 3.1390 0.3538 9.17 3.86%
9 0.4265 0.1126 0.5391 1.11 0.5570 2.7851 0.3595 9.17 3.92%8 0.3695 0.0997 0.4692 1.12 0.4851 2.4256 0.3607 9.17 3.93%7 0.3127 0.0865 0.3992 1.13 0.4130 2.0649 0.3566 9.17 3.89%6 0.2569 0.0731 0.3300 1.15 0.3417 1.7083 0.3468 9.17 3.78%5 0.2030 0.0598 0.2628 1.16 0.2723 1.3615 0.3306 9.17 3.61%4 0.1519 0.0468 0.1987 1.19 0.2062 1.0309 0.3070 9.17 3.35%3 0.1047 0.0346 0.1393 1.23 0.1448 0.7239 0.2752 9.17 3.00%2 0.0628 0.0233 0.0860 1.30 0.0897 0.4487 0.2330 9.17 2.54%1 0.0277 0.0133 0.0410 1.53 0.0431 0.2157 0.2157 12.17 1.77%
Axavg 1.16 Max ∆/h 3.93%
Table A.1.4 Max Story Drift of Prototype I in the Y Direction
Story δavg
(ft) δta (ft)
δmax= δavg + δta (ft)
Ay=[ δmax /(1.2 δavg)]2
δe= δavg +Ayavg δta(ft)
δ= δe Cd/I (ft)
∆ (ft)
h (ft)
∆/ h (%)
15 0.7880 0.1742 0.9622 1.04 1.0010 5.0050 0.3742 9.17 4.08%14 0.7230 0.1662 0.8892 1.05 0.9262 4.6308 0.3814 9.17 4.16%13 0.6577 0.1572 0.8149 1.07 0.8499 4.2494 0.3873 9.17 4.22%12 0.5924 0.1473 0.7397 1.08 0.7724 3.8621 0.3912 9.17 4.27%11 0.5273 0.1365 0.6638 1.10 0.6942 3.4709 0.3924 9.17 4.28%10 0.4630 0.1249 0.5879 1.12 0.6157 3.0784 0.3901 9.17 4.25%
9 0.4000 0.1126 0.5126 1.14 0.5377 2.6884 0.3839 9.17 4.19%8 0.3390 0.0997 0.4387 1.16 0.4609 2.3045 0.3734 9.17 4.07%7 0.2805 0.0865 0.3670 1.19 0.3862 1.9311 0.3581 9.17 3.91%6 0.2252 0.0731 0.2983 1.22 0.3146 1.5730 0.3380 9.17 3.69%5 0.1739 0.0598 0.2337 1.25 0.2470 1.2351 0.3125 9.17 3.41%4 0.1273 0.0468 0.1741 1.30 0.1845 0.9226 0.2815 9.17 3.07%3 0.0860 0.0346 0.1205 1.36 0.1282 0.6411 0.2448 9.17 2.67%2 0.0508 0.0233 0.0741 1.47 0.0793 0.3963 0.2029 9.17 2.21%1 0.0225 0.0133 0.0358 1.78 0.0387 0.1934 0.1934 12.17 1.59%
Ayavg 1.22 Max ∆/h 4.28%Notations for Tables A.1.3 and A.1.4 : (1) Values in columns of δavg and δta are from ETABS calculations. (2) Column of δe represents
the elastic displacement at each level including the amplified torsion deformation. (3) Column of δ is the displacement considering the
inelastic effect. Cd=5 and I=1 (4) ∆, the story drift, is the difference of δ for two adjacent stories.
A-5
Table A.1.5 Degree of Coupling (DOC) of Prototype I
Story Beam Shear V
(kips) 15 195.614 220.113 255.512 296.411 337.810 376.69 410.68 438.67 459.26 471.45 473.74 464.13 439.42 395.11 324.0
Shear Sum Vsum (kips) 5557.9
Coupling Arm L(ft) 19.0
Coupling Moment Mc=2VsumL (k-ft) (2 beams at one level) 211201.3
Overturning Moment Motm (k-ft) 265062.9
DOC=Mc/Motm 79.7%
A-6
Table A.2.1 Gravity Load of Prototype II Top Floor
Unit Weight Volume or Area Weight Walls 150 pcf 612 ft3 92 (kips)Beams 150 pcf 40 ft3 6 (kips)Columns 150 pcf 408 ft3 61 (kips)Slab 150 pcf 6667 ft3 1000 (kips)Partitions 10 psf 10000 ft2 100 (kips)Claddings 15 psf 1836 ft2 28 (kips)Mechanics 5 psf 10000 ft2 50 (kips)Total Loads of Top Floor 1337 (kips)
Middle Floors Unit Weight Volume or Area Weight Walls 150 pcf 1223 ft3 184 (kips)Beams 150 pcf 40 ft3 6 (kips)Columns 150 pcf 815 ft3 122 (kips)Slab 150 pcf 6667 ft3 1000 (kips)Partitions 10 psf 10000 ft2 100 (kips)Claddings 15 psf 3668 ft2 55 (kips)Mechanics 5 psf 10000 ft2 50 (kips)Total Loads of Middle Floor 1517 (kips)
Ground Floor Unit Weight Volume or Area Weight Walls 150 pcf 1423 ft3 213 (kips)Beams 150 pcf 40 ft3 6 (kips)Columns 150 pcf 948 ft3 142 (kips)Slab 150 pcf 6667 ft3 1000 (kips)Partitions 10 psf 10000 ft2 100 (kips)Claddings 15 psf 4268 ft2 64 (kips)Mechanics 5 psf 10000 ft2 50 (kips)Total Loads of Ground Floor 1575 (kips)Total Building Weight 22633 (kips)
A-7
Table A.2.2 ELF Lateral Load of Prototype II
Story Story Weight, wi
(kips) Height above Grade, hi
(ft) Vertical Distribution
Factor, Cvx
Lateral Loadat Stories, F
(kips)
Accidental Torsion at Stories, Mta
(k-ft) 15 1337 140.55 0.160 413.4 2067.0 14 1517 131.38 0.159 409.8 2049.0 13 1517 122.21 0.137 354.6 1773.0 12 1517 113.04 0.118 303.4 1517.0 11 1517 103.87 0.099 256.2 1281.0 10 1517 94.70 0.083 212.9 1064.5
9 1517 85.53 0.067 173.7 868.5 8 1517 76.36 0.054 138.4 692.0 7 1517 67.19 0.042 107.2 536.0 6 1517 58.02 0.031 79.9 399.5 5 1517 48.85 0.022 56.7 283.5 4 1517 39.68 0.014 37.4 187.0 3 1517 30.51 0.009 22.1 110.5 2 1517 21.34 0.004 10.8 54.0 1 1575 12.17 0.001 3.7 18.5
Sum 22633 1.000 2580.2
Lateral Load Distribution at Stories
Story
Fx(kips)123456789
101112131415
0.0 100.0 200.0 300.0 400.0 500.0
A-8
Table A.2.3 Max Story Drift of Prototype II in the X Direction
Story δavg
(ft) δta (ft)
δmax= δavg + δta (ft)
Ax=[ δmax /(1.2 δavg)]2
δe= δavg +Axavg δta(ft)
δ= δe Cd/I(ft)
∆ (ft)
h (ft)
∆/ h (%)
15 0.5459 0.1167 0.6626 1.02 0.6734 3.3670 0.2036 9.17 2.22%14 0.5114 0.1109 0.6224 1.03 0.6327 3.1634 0.2137 9.17 2.33%13 0.4756 0.1047 0.5802 1.03 0.5899 2.9497 0.2249 9.17 2.45%12 0.4381 0.0978 0.5359 1.04 0.5449 2.7247 0.2358 9.17 2.57%11 0.3990 0.0904 0.4894 1.04 0.4978 2.4889 0.2454 9.17 2.68%10 0.3586 0.0825 0.4410 1.05 0.4487 2.2435 0.2526 9.17 2.75%
9 0.3172 0.0741 0.3913 1.06 0.3982 1.9909 0.2569 9.17 2.80%8 0.2753 0.0655 0.3407 1.06 0.3468 1.7340 0.2580 9.17 2.81%7 0.2333 0.0566 0.2899 1.07 0.2952 1.4760 0.2552 9.17 2.78%6 0.1921 0.0477 0.2397 1.08 0.2442 1.2208 0.2482 9.17 2.71%5 0.1520 0.0389 0.1909 1.09 0.1945 0.9726 0.2367 9.17 2.58%4 0.1140 0.0303 0.1444 1.11 0.1472 0.7359 0.2198 9.17 2.40%3 0.0789 0.0223 0.1012 1.14 0.1032 0.5161 0.1967 9.17 2.14%2 0.0476 0.0149 0.0625 1.20 0.0639 0.3195 0.1664 9.17 1.81%1 0.0214 0.0085 0.0298 1.35 0.0306 0.1531 0.1531 12.17 1.26%
Axavg 1.09 Max ∆/h 2.81%
Table A.2.4 Max Story Drift of Prototype II in the Y Direction
Story δavg
(ft) δta (ft)
δmax= δavg + δta (ft)
Ay=[ δmax /(1.2 δavg)]2
δe= δavg +Ayavg δta(ft)
δ= δe Cd/I (ft)
∆ (ft)
h (ft)
∆/ h (%)
15 0.5545 0.1167 0.6712 1.02 0.6868 3.4338 0.2607 9.17 2.84%14 0.5089 0.1109 0.6198 1.03 0.6346 3.1731 0.2651 9.17 2.89%13 0.4630 0.1047 0.5676 1.04 0.5816 2.9080 0.2686 9.17 2.93%12 0.4170 0.0978 0.5148 1.06 0.5279 2.6394 0.2708 9.17 2.95%11 0.3713 0.0904 0.4617 1.07 0.4737 2.3686 0.2709 9.17 2.95%10 0.3261 0.0825 0.4085 1.09 0.4195 2.0977 0.2687 9.17 2.93%
9 0.2818 0.0741 0.3559 1.11 0.3658 1.8290 0.2638 9.17 2.88%8 0.2388 0.0655 0.3043 1.13 0.3130 1.5652 0.2560 9.17 2.79%7 0.1977 0.0566 0.2543 1.15 0.2618 1.3092 0.2450 9.17 2.67%6 0.1588 0.0477 0.2065 1.17 0.2129 1.0643 0.2306 9.17 2.51%5 0.1227 0.0389 0.1615 1.20 0.1667 0.8337 0.2127 9.17 2.32%4 0.0898 0.0303 0.1201 1.24 0.1242 0.6210 0.1911 9.17 2.08%3 0.0607 0.0223 0.0830 1.30 0.0860 0.4299 0.1657 9.17 1.81%2 0.0360 0.0149 0.0508 1.39 0.0528 0.2641 0.1043 9.17 1.14%1 0.0159 0.0085 0.0244 1.00 0.0320 0.1599 0.1599 12.17 1.31%
Ayavg 1.13 Max ∆/h 2.95%Notations for Tables A.2.3 and A.2.4 : (1) Values in columns of δavg and δta are from ETABS calculations. (2) Column of δe represents
the elastic displacement at each level including the amplified torsion deformation. (3) Column of δ is the displacement considering the
inelastic effect. Cd=5 and I=1 (4) ∆, the story drift, is the difference of δ for two adjacent stories.
A-9
Table A.2.5 Degree of Coupling (DOC) of Prototype II
Story Beam Shear V
(kips) 15 190.814 211.213 240.712 275.011 310.110 343.09 371.88 395.37 412.16 421.25 421.24 410.43 386.12 344.61 280.3
Shear Sum Vsum (kips) 5013.7
Coupling Arm L(ft) 21.0
Coupling Moment Mc=2VsumL (k-ft) (2 beams at one level) 210573.3
Overturning Moment Motm (k-ft) 278815.5
DOC=Mc/Motm 75.5%
A-10
Table A.3.1 Gravity Load of Prototype III Top Floor
Unit Weight Volume or Area Weight Walls 150 pcf 643 ft3 96 (kips)Beams 150 pcf 40 ft3 6 (kips)Columns 150 pcf 408 ft3 61 (kips)Slab 150 pcf 6667 ft3 1000 (kips)Partitions 10 psf 10000 ft2 100 (kips)Claddings 15 psf 1836 ft2 28 (kips)Mechanics 5 psf 10000 ft2 50 (kips)Total Loads of Top Floor 1341 (kips)
Middle Floors Unit Weight Volume or Area Weight Walls 150 pcf 1284 ft3 193 (kips)Beams 150 pcf 40 ft3 6 (kips)Columns 150 pcf 815 ft3 122 (kips)Slab 150 pcf 6667 ft3 1000 (kips)Partitions 10 psf 10000 ft2 100 (kips)Claddings 15 psf 3668 ft2 55 (kips)Mechanics 5 psf 10000 ft2 50 (kips)Total Loads of Middle Floor 1526 (kips)
Ground Floor Unit Weight Volume or Area Weight Walls 150 pcf 1494 ft3 224 (kips)Beams 150 pcf 40 ft3 6 (kips)Columns 150 pcf 948 ft3 142 (kips)Slab 150 pcf 6667 ft3 1000 (kips)Partitions 10 psf 10000 ft2 100 (kips)Claddings 15 psf 4268 ft2 64 (kips)Mechanics 5 psf 10000 ft2 50 (kips)Total Loads of Ground Floor 1586 (kips)Total Building Weight 22765 (kips)
A-11
Table A.3.2 ELF Lateral Load of Prototype III
Story Story Weight, wi
(kips) Height above Grade, hi
(ft) Vertical Distribution
Factor, Cvx
Lateral Loadat Stories, F
(kips)
Accidental Torsion at Stories, Mta
(k-ft) 15 1341 140.55 0.160 414.8 2074.0 14 1526 131.38 0.159 412.4 2062.0 13 1526 122.21 0.138 356.8 1784.0 12 1526 113.04 0.118 305.3 1526.5 11 1526 103.87 0.099 257.8 1289.0 10 1526 94.70 0.083 214.3 1071.5
9 1526 85.53 0.067 174.8 874.0 8 1526 76.36 0.054 139.3 696.5 7 1526 67.19 0.042 107.9 539.5 6 1526 58.02 0.031 80.4 402.0 5 1526 48.85 0.022 57.0 285.0 4 1526 39.68 0.014 37.6 188.0 3 1526 30.51 0.009 22.2 111.0 2 1526 21.34 0.004 10.9 54.5 1 1586 12.17 0.001 3.7 18.5
Sum 22765 1.000 2595.2
Lateral Load Distribution at Stories
Story
Fx(kips)123456789
101112131415
0.0 100.0 200.0 300.0 400.0 500.0
A-12
Table A.3.3 Max Story Drift of Prototype III in the X Direction
Story δavg
(ft) δta (ft)
δmax= δavg + δta (ft)
Ax=[ δmax /(1.2 δavg)]2
δe= δavg +Axavg δta(ft)
δ= δe Cd/I(ft)
∆ (ft)
h (ft)
∆/ h (%)
15 0.5259 0.0975 0.6234 1.00 0.6273 3.1364 0.1889 9.17 2.06%14 0.4930 0.0928 0.5858 1.00 0.5895 2.9475 0.1985 9.17 2.16%13 0.4588 0.0875 0.5463 1.00 0.5498 2.7490 0.2090 9.17 2.28%12 0.4229 0.0818 0.5047 1.00 0.5080 2.5400 0.2193 9.17 2.39%11 0.3855 0.0756 0.4611 1.00 0.4641 2.3206 0.2284 9.17 2.49%10 0.3466 0.0690 0.4157 1.00 0.4185 2.0923 0.2351 9.17 2.56%
9 0.3068 0.0621 0.3689 1.00 0.3714 1.8571 0.2393 9.17 2.61%8 0.2665 0.0549 0.3214 1.01 0.3236 1.6178 0.2404 9.17 2.62%7 0.2261 0.0475 0.2736 1.02 0.2755 1.3773 0.2379 9.17 2.59%6 0.1862 0.0400 0.2263 1.03 0.2279 1.1394 0.2315 9.17 2.52%5 0.1476 0.0327 0.1803 1.04 0.1816 0.9079 0.2208 9.17 2.41%4 0.1108 0.0256 0.1364 1.05 0.1374 0.6870 0.2052 9.17 2.24%3 0.0768 0.0188 0.0956 1.08 0.0964 0.4819 0.1838 9.17 2.00%2 0.0465 0.0127 0.0591 1.12 0.0596 0.2981 0.1555 9.17 1.70%1 0.0210 0.0073 0.0282 1.26 0.0285 0.1426 0.1426 12.17 1.17%
Axavg 1.04 Max ∆/h 2.62%Table A.3.4 Max Story Drift of Prototype III in the Y Direction
Story δavg
(ft) δta (ft)
δmax= δavg + δta (ft)
Ay=[ δmax /(1.2 δavg)]2
δe= δavg +Ayavg δta(ft)
δ= δe Cd/I (ft)
∆ (ft)
h (ft)
∆/ h (%)
15 0.4504 0.0975 0.5479 1.03 0.5622 2.8112 0.2116 9.17 2.31%14 0.4135 0.0928 0.5063 1.04 0.5199 2.5996 0.2156 9.17 2.35%13 0.3764 0.0875 0.4639 1.05 0.4768 2.3839 0.2188 9.17 2.39%12 0.3392 0.0818 0.4210 1.07 0.4330 2.1651 0.2207 9.17 2.41%11 0.3021 0.0756 0.3778 1.09 0.3889 1.9444 0.2211 9.17 2.41%10 0.2655 0.0690 0.3345 1.10 0.3447 1.7233 0.2195 9.17 2.39%
9 0.2296 0.0621 0.2916 1.12 0.3008 1.5039 0.2156 9.17 2.35%8 0.1947 0.0549 0.2496 1.14 0.2577 1.2883 0.2094 9.17 2.28%7 0.1613 0.0475 0.2088 1.16 0.2158 1.0788 0.2006 9.17 2.19%6 0.1297 0.0400 0.1698 1.19 0.1756 0.8782 0.1890 9.17 2.06%5 0.1004 0.0327 0.1330 1.22 0.1378 0.6892 0.1745 9.17 1.90%4 0.0736 0.0256 0.0992 1.26 0.1030 0.5148 0.1571 9.17 1.71%3 0.0499 0.0188 0.0688 1.32 0.0715 0.3577 0.1364 9.17 1.49%2 0.0297 0.0127 0.0424 1.41 0.0443 0.2213 0.1128 9.17 1.23%1 0.0134 0.0073 0.0206 1.00 0.0217 0.1085 0.1085 12.17 0.89%
Ayavg 1.15 Max ∆/h 2.41%Notations for Tables A.3.3 and A.3.4 : (1) Values in columns of δavg and δta are from ETABS calculations. (2) Column of δe represents
the elastic displacement at each level including the amplified torsion deformation. (3) Column of δ is the displacement considering the
inelastic effect. Cd=5 and I=1 (4) ∆, the story drift, is the difference of δ for two adjacent stories.
A-13
Table A.3.5 Degree of Coupling (DOC) of Prototype III
Story Beam Shear V
(kips) 15 190.714 211.013 240.312 274.411 309.110 341.89 370.58 393.87 410.46 419.45 419.34 408.53 384.22 342.81 278.7
Shear Sum Vsum (kips) 4994.7
Coupling Arm L(ft) 21.2
Coupling Moment Mc=2VsumL (k-ft) (2 beams at one level) 211775.7
Overturning Moment Motm (k-ft) 280401.8
DOC=Mc/Motm 75.5%
A-14
Table A.4.1 Gravity Load of Prototype IV Top Floor
Unit Weight Volume or Area Weight Walls 150 pcf 689ft3 103 (kips)Beams 150 pcf 50 ft3 8 (kips)Columns 150 pcf 408 ft3 61 (kips)Slab 150 pcf 6667 ft3 1000 (kips)Partitions 10 psf 10000 ft2 100 (kips)Claddings 15 psf 1836 ft2 28 (kips)Mechanics 5 psf 10000 ft2 50 (kips)Total Loads of Top Floor 1350 (kips)
Middle Floors Unit Weight Volume or Area Weight Walls 150 pcf 1376 ft3 206 (kips)Beams 150 pcf 50 ft3 8(kips)Columns 150 pcf 815 ft3 122 (kips)Slab 150 pcf 6667 ft3 1000 (kips)Partitions 10 psf 10000 ft2 100 (kips)Claddings 15 psf 3668 ft2 55 (kips)Mechanics 5 psf 6667 ft2 50 (kips)Total Loads of Middle Floor 1541 (kips)
Ground Floor Unit Weight Volume or Area Weight Walls 150 pcf 1601 ft3 240 (kips)Beams 150 pcf 50 ft3 8 (kips)Columns 150 pcf 948 ft3 142 (kips)Slab 150 pcf 6667 ft3 1000 (kips)Partitions 10 psf 10000 ft2 100 (kips)Claddings 15 psf 4268 ft2 64 (kips)Mechanics 5 psf 10000 ft2 50 (kips)Total Loads of Ground Floor 1604 (kips)Total Building Weight 22987 (kips)
A-15
Table A.4.2 ELF Lateral Load of Prototype IV
Story Story Weight
wi (kips) Height above Grade
hi (ft)
Vertical Distribution Factor
Cvx
Lateral Load at Stories Fx (kips)
Accidental Torsion at Stories Mta (k-ft)
15 1350 140.55 0.159 417.7 2088.5 14 1541 131.38 0.159 416.6 2083.0 13 1541 122.21 0.138 360.5 1802.5 12 1541 113.04 0.118 308.4 1542.0 11 1541 103.87 0.099 260.4 1302.0 10 1541 94.70 0.083 216.5 1082.5
9 1541 85.53 0.067 176.6 883.0 8 1541 76.36 0.054 140.7 703.5 7 1541 67.19 0.042 109.0 545.0 6 1541 58.02 0.031 81.3 406.5 5 1541 48.85 0.022 57.6 288.0 4 1541 39.68 0.015 38.0 190.0 3 1541 30.51 0.009 22.5 112.5 2 1541 21.34 0.004 11.0 55.0 1 1604 12.17 0.001 3.7 18.5
Sum 22987 1.000 2620.0
Lateral Load Distribution at Stories
Story
Fx(kips)123456789
101112131415
0.0 100.0 200.0 300.0 400.0 500.0
A-16
Table A.4.3 Max Story Drift of Prototype IV in the X Direction
Story δavg
(ft) δta (ft)
δmax= δavg + δta (ft)
Ax=[ δmax /(1.2 δavg)]2
δe= δavg +Axavg δta(ft)
δ= δe Cd/I(ft)
∆ (ft)
h (ft)
∆/ h (%)
15 0.4166 0.0574 0.4739 1.00 0.4749 2.3747 0.1429 9.17 1.56%14 0.3902 0.0552 0.4454 1.00 0.4464 2.2318 0.1506 9.17 1.64%13 0.3627 0.0526 0.4153 1.00 0.4162 2.0812 0.1589 9.17 1.73%12 0.3339 0.0497 0.3836 1.00 0.3845 1.9223 0.1665 9.17 1.82%11 0.3040 0.0464 0.3503 1.00 0.3512 1.7558 0.1729 9.17 1.89%10 0.2731 0.0427 0.3158 1.00 0.3166 1.5830 0.1774 9.17 1.94%
9 0.2416 0.0388 0.2804 1.00 0.2811 1.4055 0.1800 9.17 1.96%8 0.2098 0.0347 0.2445 1.00 0.2451 1.2255 0.1802 9.17 1.97%7 0.1782 0.0304 0.2085 1.00 0.2091 1.0453 0.1779 9.17 1.94%6 0.1470 0.0260 0.1730 1.00 0.1735 0.8673 0.1730 9.17 1.89%5 0.1169 0.0215 0.1385 1.00 0.1389 0.6943 0.1650 9.17 1.80%4 0.0884 0.0172 0.1055 1.00 0.1058 0.5292 0.1539 9.17 1.68%3 0.0618 0.0130 0.0748 1.02 0.0751 0.3753 0.1388 9.17 1.51%2 0.0381 0.0091 0.0472 1.06 0.0473 0.2366 0.1188 9.17 1.30%1 0.0179 0.0055 0.0235 1.19 0.0235 0.1177 0.1177 12.17 0.97%
Axavg 1.02 Max ∆/h 1.97%
Table A.4.4 Max Story Drift of Prototype IV in the Y Direction
Story δavg
(ft) δta (ft)
δmax= δavg + δta (ft)
Ay=[ δmax /(1.2 δavg)]2
δe= δavg +Ayavg δta(ft)
δ= δe Cd/I (ft)
∆ (ft)
h (ft)
∆/ h (%)
15 0.3414 0.0574 0.3988 1.00 0.4054 2.0270 0.1511 9.17 1.65%14 0.3137 0.0552 0.3688 1.00 0.3752 1.8759 0.1542 9.17 1.68%13 0.2857 0.0526 0.3383 1.00 0.3443 1.7217 0.1567 9.17 1.71%12 0.2576 0.0497 0.3073 1.00 0.3130 1.5650 0.1584 9.17 1.73%11 0.2297 0.0464 0.2760 1.00 0.2813 1.4066 0.1587 9.17 1.73%10 0.2020 0.0427 0.2447 1.02 0.2496 1.2480 0.1576 9.17 1.72%
9 0.1748 0.0388 0.2136 1.04 0.2181 1.0904 0.1550 9.17 1.69%8 0.1484 0.0347 0.1831 1.06 0.1871 0.9354 0.1505 9.17 1.64%7 0.1231 0.0304 0.1535 1.08 0.1570 0.7849 0.1512 9.17 1.65%6 0.0992 0.0247 0.1239 1.08 0.1267 0.6337 0.1353 9.17 1.48%5 0.0769 0.0204 0.0973 1.11 0.0997 0.4984 0.1249 9.17 1.36%4 0.0566 0.0162 0.0728 1.15 0.0747 0.3735 0.1082 9.17 1.18%3 0.0386 0.0130 0.0516 1.24 0.0531 0.2653 0.0990 9.17 1.08%2 0.0232 0.0091 0.0322 1.34 0.0333 0.1664 0.0824 9.17 0.90%1 0.0107 0.0055 0.0162 1.60 0.0168 0.0840 0.0840 12.17 0.69%
Ayavg 1.11 Max ∆/h 1.73%Notations for Tables A.4.3 and A.4.4 : (1) Values in columns of δavg and δta are from ETABS calculations. (2) Column of δe represents
the elastic displacement at each level including the amplified torsion deformation. (3) Column of δ is the displacement considering the
inelastic effect. Cd=5 and I=1 (4) ∆, the story drift, is the difference of δ for two adjacent stories.
A-17
Table A.4.5 Degree of Coupling (DOC) of Prototype IV
Story Beam Shear V
(kips) 15 159.214 186.413 224.312 267.111 309.610 349.19 383.68 412.17 433.86 447.95 453.44 448.33 429.62 392.11 327.2
Shear Sum Vsum (kips) 5223.5
Coupling Arm L(ft) 21.6
Coupling Moment Mc=2VsumL (k-ft) (2 beams at one level) 225655.2
Overturning Moment Motm (k-ft) 283093.6
DOC=Mc/Motm 79.7%
A-18
Appendix B Beam Design Calculations
Notations:
A : Floor area
: Diagonal core effective area chA
: Diagonal core gross area gA
hhA : Area of horizontal reinforcement
shA : Area of transverse reinforcement
vdA : Area of diagonal reinforcement
vhA : Area of vertical reinforcement
xA : Torsion amplification factor
xavgA : Average of of all floors xA
wb : Beam width
: Width of diagonal core xb
: Concrete cover c
: Vertical distribution factor of Mode m vxmC
: Height of diagonal core xd
: Lateral load of Mode m xmF
'cf : Concrete compression strength
: Longitudinal reinforcement yield strength yf
: Transverse reinforcement yield strength yhf
h : Height of beam section
B-1
: Reinforcement development length dl
: Clear span of link beam nl
: Length of rectangular wall pier wl
: Accidental torsion associated with of Mode m taxmM xmF
: Number of transverse reinforcement legs in beam section shn
: Center to center distance of transverse reinforcement or distribution
reinforcement
s
: Shear on wall pier caused by pfV xmF
: Shear on wall pier caused by ptV taxmM
: Story Shear strV
: Nominal shear demand for coupling beam nV
: Shear on wall pier after torsion amplification and wall length adjustment wV
: Weight of story i iw
α : Inclination of diagonal reinforcement
maxγ : Maximum ratio of wall pier shear to story shear
avgδ : Floor average displacement
taδ : Displacement caused by taxmM
iφ : Model shape factor of story i
ρ : Redundancy factor or steel ratio
B-2
Table B.1.1 Lateral Loads and Accidental Torsion of Mode 1 in the Coupled Direction Story Story Weight wi
(kips) Mode Shape φi Vertical Distribution Load CvxmLateral Load at Stories Fxm
(kips) Accidental Torsion at Stories Mtaxm
(k-ft) 15 1350 0.063 0.114 127.0 634.814 1541 0.059 0.123 136.1 680.613 1541 0.055 0.114 127.0 634.812 1541 0.051 0.106 117.4 586.811 1541 0.046 0.097 107.3 536.710 1541 0.042 0.087 96.9 484.7
9 1541 0.037 0.078 86.2 431.28 1541 0.033 0.068 75.3 376.67 1541 0.028 0.058 64.3 321.76 1541 0.023 0.048 53.4 267.15 1541 0.019 0.038 42.7 213.74 1541 0.014 0.029 32.5 162.53 1541 0.010 0.021 22.9 114.42 1541 0.006 0.013 14.2 71.01 1604 0.003 0.006 7.0 35.2
Sum 22987 1 1110.4
B-3
Table B.1.2 Lateral Loads and Accidental Torsion of Mode 2 in the Coupled Direction Story Story Weight wi
(kips) Mode Shape φi Vertical Distribution Load CvxmLateral Load at Stories Fxm
(kips) Accidental Torsion at Stories Mtaxm
(k-ft) 15 1350 0.059 -0.225 -145.2 -726.014 1541 0.045 -0.195 -125.7 -628.613 1541 0.029 -0.128 -82.3 -411.412 1541 0.013 -0.057 -36.6 -183.211 1541 -0.003 0.014 9.0 44.910 1541 -0.018 0.080 51.8 259.0
9 1541 -0.032 0.138 89.0 445.28 1541 -0.042 0.183 118.1 590.77 1541 -0.049 0.213 137.1 685.46 1541 -0.051 0.224 144.7 723.65 1541 -0.050 0.218 140.8 703.84 1541 -0.045 0.195 126.0 630.13 1541 -0.036 0.159 102.4 511.82 1541 -0.026 0.113 72.7 363.71 1604 -0.015 0.067 43.0 215.0
Sum 22987 1 644.8
B-4
Table B.2.1 Torsion Amplification of Mode 1 in the Coupled Direction xA
Story avgδ (ft) taδ (ft) maxδ = avgδ + taδ (ft) Ax=[ maxδ /(1.2 avgδ )]2
15 0.1582 0.0221 0.1803 1.0014 0.1486 0.0213 0.1699 1.0013 0.1386 0.0204 0.1590 1.0012 0.1281 0.0194 0.1475 1.0011 0.1172 0.0182 0.1354 1.0010 0.1058 0.0169 0.1227 1.00
9 0.0941 0.0155 0.1096 1.008 0.0822 0.0139 0.0961 1.007 0.0702 0.0123 0.0825 1.006 0.0583 0.0106 0.0689 1.005 0.0467 0.0088 0.0555 1.004 0.0355 0.0071 0.0425 1.003 0.0250 0.0054 0.0304 1.032 0.0155 0.0038 0.0193 1.071 0.0074 0.0023 0.0097 1.20
Axavg 1.02Notations: (1) Column of avgδ (the average displacement) and taδ (the displacement due to accidental torsion), are from ETABS calculation (2) The value of Ax is limited between the range from 1.0 to 3.0
B-5
Table B.2.2 Torsion Amplification of Mode 2 in the Coupled Direction xA
Story avgδ (ft) taδ (ft) maxδ = avgδ + taδ (ft) Ax=[ maxδ /(1.2 avgδ )]2
15 -0.0118 0.0001 0.0119 1.0014 -0.0089 0.0005 0.0094 1.0013 -0.0059 0.0010 0.0068 1.0012 -0.0026 0.0015 0.0041 1.7111 0.0006 0.0020 0.0027 3.0010 0.0037 0.0025 0.0062 1.98
9 0.0063 0.0030 0.0093 1.498 0.0084 0.0033 0.0116 1.347 0.0097 0.0034 0.0131 1.276 0.0103 0.0034 0.0137 1.235 0.0100 0.0032 0.0132 1.214 0.0090 0.0029 0.0118 1.213 0.0073 0.0024 0.0097 1.232 0.0052 0.0018 0.0070 1.271 0.0029 0.0012 0.0119 1.39
Axavg 1.42Notations: (1) Column of avgδ (the average displacement) and taδ (the displacement due to accidental torsion), are from ETABS calculation (2) The value of Ax is limited between the range from 1.0 to 3.
B-6
Table B.3.1 Redundancy Factor ρ of Mode 1 in the Coupled Direction P101 (Group I)
Story Vf (kips) Vt (kips) Vf+AxavgVt(kips) Lw(ft) Vw=(Vf+AxavgVt)10/Lw(kips) Vstr(kips) γ=|Vw/Vstr|15 31.6 16.4 48.3 10 48.3 127.0 0.3814 65.6 18.1 84.1 10 84.1 263.1 0.3213 97.3 21.8 119.6 10 119.6 390.1 0.3112 126.8 25.7 153.0 10 153.0 507.4 0.3011 153.7 29.5 183.8 10 183.8 614.8 0.3010 178.1 32.9 211.7 10 211.7 711.7 0.30
9 199.9 36.0 236.6 10 236.6 797.9 0.308 219.0 38.6 258.3 10 258.3 873.3 0.307 235.3 40.6 276.7 10 276.7 937.6 0.306 248.8 42.0 291.7 10 291.7 991.0 0.295 259.6 42.7 303.1 10 303.1 1033.8 0.294 267.8 42.6 311.2 10 311.2 1066.3 0.293 273.3 41.6 315.7 10 315.7 1089.2 0.292 276.4 39.7 316.9 10 316.9 1103.4 0.291 278.2 38.7 317.6 10 317.6 1110.4 0.29
P103 (Group II)Story Vf (kips) Vt (kips) Vf+AxavgVt(kips) Lw(ft) Vw=(Vf+AxavgVt)10/Lw(kips) Vstr(kips) γ=|Vw/Vstr|
15 0 7.7 7.9 25 3.1 127.0 0.0214 0 15.0 15.3 25 6.1 263.1 0.0213 0 32.3 32.9 25 13.2 390.1 0.0312 0 47.4 48.3 25 19.3 507.4 0.0411 0 60.9 62.1 25 24.8 614.8 0.0410 0 73.0 74.4 25 29.8 711.7 0.04
9 0 83.9 85.6 25 34.2 797.9 0.048 0 93.7 95.5 25 38.2 873.3 0.047 0 102.4 104.5 25 41.8 937.6 0.046 0 110.3 112.5 25 45.0 991.0 0.055 0 117.4 119.8 25 47.9 1033.8 0.054 0 124.1 126.5 25 50.6 1066.3 0.053 0 130.4 133.0 25 53.2 1089.2 0.052 0 136.9 139.6 25 55.8 1103.4 0.051 0 141.7 144.5 25 57.8 1110.4 0.05
γmax= 0.38Notations: (1) Vf is the wall pier shear due to lateral loads Fxm. (2) Vt is the wall pier shear due to torsion Mtaxm.(3) Axavg is the average of Ax (refer to Table B.2.1). (4) Lw is the wall length. (5) Vstr is the story shear. ρ=2-20/(γmaxA0.5) 1.47
B-7
Table B.3.2 Redundancy Factor ρ of Mode 2 in the Coupled Direction P101 (Group I)
Story Vf (kips) Vt (kips) Vf+AxavgVt(kips) Lw(ft) Vw=(Vf+AxavgVt)10/Lw(kips) Vstr(kips) γ=|Vw/Vstr|15 -35.87 -9.14 -48.86 10 -48.86 -145.21 0.3414 -66.97 -11.82 -83.77 10 -83.77 -270.92 0.3113 -87.38 -13.82 -107.02 10 -107.02 -353.20 0.3012 -96.53 -14.56 -117.23 10 -117.23 -389.83 0.3011 -94.41 -13.88 -114.14 10 -114.14 -380.86 0.3010 -81.68 -11.83 -98.50 10 -98.50 -329.05 0.30
9 -59.7 -8.58 -71.90 10 -71.90 -240.02 0.308 -30.46 -4.39 -36.70 10 -36.70 -121.89 0.307 3.54 0.39 4.09 10 4.09 15.20 0.276 39.5 5.35 47.10 10 47.10 159.92 0.295 74.54 10.06 88.84 10 88.84 300.68 0.304 105.93 14.1 125.97 10 125.97 426.70 0.303 131.44 17.1 155.75 10 155.75 529.05 0.292 149.51 18.6 175.95 10 175.95 601.80 0.291 160.91 21.81 191.91 10 191.91 644.80 0.30
P103 (Group II)Story Vf (kips) Vt (kips) Vf+AxavgVt(kips) Lw(ft) Vw=(Vf+AxavgVt)10/Lw(kips) Vstr(kips) γ=|Vw/Vstr|
15 0 9.89 14.06 25 5.62 -145.21 0.0414 0 28.73 40.84 25 16.33 -270.92 0.0613 0 40.64 57.77 25 23.11 -353.20 0.0712 0 46.31 65.83 25 26.33 -389.83 0.0711 0 46 65.38 25 26.15 -380.86 0.0710 0 40.13 57.04 25 22.82 -329.05 0.07
9 0 29.43 41.83 25 16.73 -240.02 0.078 0 14.91 21.19 25 8.48 -121.89 0.077 0 -2.16 -3.07 25 -1.23 15.20 0.086 0 -20.42 -29.03 25 -11.61 159.92 0.075 0 -38.44 -54.64 25 -21.86 300.68 0.074 0 -54.95 -78.11 25 -31.24 426.70 0.073 0 -68.95 -98.01 25 -39.20 529.05 0.072 0 -80.11 -113.87 25 -45.55 601.80 0.081 0 -83.38 -118.52 25 -47.41 644.80 0.07
γmax= 0.34Notations: (1) Vf is the wall pier shear due to lateral loads Fxm. (2) Vt is the wall pier shear due to torsion Mtaxm. (3) Axavg is the average of Ax (refer to Table B.2.2). (4) Lw is the wall length. (5) Vstr is the story shear. ρ=2-20/(γmaxA0.5) 1.41
B-8
B-8
Table B.4.1 Design of Coupling Beam Group I Design Parameter Comments
bw (in)--beam width 20 h (in)--beam height 30 ln (in)--clear span 72 fc
' (ksi) 6 fy,fyh (ksi) 60 Vn (kips)--design shear capacity demand 279 Nominal shear stress=6root(fc
')Diagonal Reinforcement
ln/h 2.4 When ln/h<4.0, a diagonal beam is recommended by bx (in)--width of diagonal element 11 At least bw/2, referring to ACI 21.7.7.4dx (in)--depth pf diagonal element 6 At least bw/5, referring to ACI 21.7.7.4 c (in)--concrete coverage 1.5 Per ACI 7.7.1α (degree) 15.4 Inclination of diagonal bars,Calculated Avd (in2) 8.7 Avd=Vn/(2fysin(α))Choose 6 #10 in one diagonal core At least 4 longitudinal bars needed, per ACI 21.7.7.4Actual Avd (in2) 7.6 actual capacity (kips) 243 Actual shear stress=5.2 root(fc
')ρ (steel ratio) 2.5% 1%<ρ<6%, per ACI 21.4.3.1
Check Diagonal Section Dimension Transverse Dimension of Core
Min clear distance of bars (in) 1.9 Greater(1.5,1.5db),db=diameter of #10,per ACI 7.6.3Actual clear distance (in) 3.1 (bx-2dt-3db)/2,dt = diameter of core transverseChecking result OK
Vertical Dimension of Core Min clear distance of bars (in) 1.9 Max(1.5,1.5db),db=diameter of #10, per ACI 7.6.3Actual clear distance (in) 2.5 dx-2dt-2db, Checking result OK
Development Length Per ACI 21.7.7.4ld (in)--Required 54.6 Per ACI 12.2.2Actual ld (in) 55
Diagonal Transverse Reinforcement nsh 3 Number of transverse legshx (in) 5.25 c-c space between legs in core width directionsx (in) 6 sx=4+(14-hx)/3,4<sx<6,per ACI 21.4.4.2Max allowed s(in)--c-c space of transverse 5 Lesser (bw/4, 6db,sx), per ACI 21.4.4.2Actual s (in) 4 Ag (in2)--gross area of diagonal core 126 (dx+2×1.5) × (bx+2×1.5), Coverage is 1.5in Ach (in2)--out to out cross section 66 bx×dx
hc (in)--c-c height between transverse 5.5 dx-dtAsh (in2)--Required 0.6Ash=0.3s×hc×fc'/fyh× [(Ag/Ach)-1], per ACI Eq. 21-3 0.2 Ash=0.09×s×hc×fc
'/fyh, per ACI Eq. 21-4Actual Ash (in2) 0.6 3 #4 legsChoose 3 legs of #4@4
Distribution Reinforcement Horizontal Steel
Max s (in)--c-c space between horizontal steels 6 Lesser (h/5,12 ), per ACI 11.8.5Actual s (in) 6 Required Ahh (in2) 0.2 Ahh=0.0015bw×sChoose #4@5 in the side faces and #[email protected] in the top/bottom faces
Distance between horizontal steels is adjusted tofit the dimension of the beam face
Actual Avh (in2) 0.4 2 legs of #4Vertical Steel
Max s (in)--c-c space between horizontal steels 6 Lesser (h/5,12 ), per ACI 11.8.4Actual s (in) 6 Required Avh (in2) 0.3 Avh=0.025bw×sChoose #4@6 Actual Avh (in2) 0.4 2 legs of #4
B-9
Table B.4.2 Design of Coupling Beam Group II Design Parameter Comments
bw (in)--beam width 20 h (in)--beam height 30 ln (in)--clear span 72 fc
' (ksi) 6 fy,fyh (ksi) 60 Vn (kips)--design shear capacity demand 177 Nominal shear stress=3.8 root(fc
')Diagonal Reinforcement
ln/h 2.4 When ln/h<4.0, a diagonal beam is recommended by bx (in)--width of diagonal element 11 At least bw/2, referring to ACI 21.7.7.4dx (in)--depth pf diagonal element 6 At least bw/5, referring to ACI 21.7.7.4 c (in)--concrete coverage 1.5 Per ACI 7.7.1α (degree) 15.4 Inclination of diagonal bars,Calculated Avd (in2) 5.6 Avd=Vn/(2fysin(α))Choose 6 #9 in one diagonal core At least 4 longitudinal bars needed, per ACI 21.7.7.4Actual Avd (in2) 6 Actual capacity (kips) 191 Actual shear stress=4.1 root(fc
')ρ (steel ratio) 2.0% 1%<ρ<6%, per ACI 21.4.3.1
Check Diagonal Section Dimension Transverse Dimension
Min clear distance of bars (in) 1.7 Greater(1.5,1.5db),db=diameter of #9,per ACI 7.6.3Actual clear distance (in) 3.3 (bx-2dt-3db)/2,dt = diameter of core transverseChecking result OK
Vertical Dimension Min clear distance of bars (in) 1.7 Greater(1.5,1.5db),db=diameter of #9,per ACI 7.6.3Actual clear distance (in) 2.7 dx-2dt-2db, Checking result OK
Development Length Per ACI 21.7.7.4ld (in)--Required 39 Per ACI 12.2.2Actual ld (in) 40
Diagonal Transverse Reinforcement nsh 3 Number of transverse legshx (in) 5.25 c-c space between legs in core width directionsx (in) 6 sx=4+(14-hx)/3,4<sx<6,per ACI 21.4.4.2Max allowed s(in)--c-c space of transverse 5 Lesser (bw/4, 6db,sx), per ACI 21.4.4.2Actual s (in) 4 Ag (in2)--gross area of diagonal core 126 (dx+2×1.5) × (bx+2×1.5), Coverage is 1.5in Ach (in2)--out to out cross section 66 bx×dx
hc (in)--c-c height between transverse 5.5 dx-dtAsh (in2)--Required 0.6 Ash=0.3s×hc×fc'/fyh× [(Ag/Ach)-1], per ACI Eq. 21-3 0.2 Ash=0.09×s×hc×fc
'/fyh, per ACI Eq. 21-4Actual Ash (in2) 0.6 3 #4 legsChoose 3 legs of #4@4
Distribution Reinforcement Horizontal Steel
Max s (in)--c-c space between horizontal steels 6 Lesser (h/5,12 ), per ACI 11.8.5Actual s (in) 6 Required Ahh (in2) 0.2 Ahh=0.0015bw×sChoose #4@5 in the side faces and #[email protected] in the top/bottom faces
Distance between horizontal steels is adjusted tofit the dimension of the beam face
Actual Avh (in2) 0.4 2 legs of #4Vertical Steel
Max s (in)--c-c space between horizontal steels 6 Lesser (h/5,12 ), per ACI 11.8.4Actual s (in) 6 Required Avh (in2) 0.3 Avh=0.025bw×sChoose #4@6 Actual Avh (in2) 0.4 2 legs of #4
B-10
Table B.4.3 Design of Coupling Beam Group III Design Parameter Comments
bw (in)--beam width 20 h (in)--beam height 30 ln (in)--clear span 72 fc
' (ksi) 6 fy,fyh (ksi) 60 Vn (kips)--design shear capacity demand 98 Nominal shear stress=2.1root(fc
')Diagonal Reinforcement
ln/h 2.4 When ln/h<4.0, a diagonal beam is recommended by bx (in)--width of diagonal element 11 At least bw/2, referring to ACI 21.7.7.4dx (in)--depth pf diagonal element 6 At least bw/5, referring to ACI 21.7.7.4 c (in)--concrete coverage 2 Per ACI 7.7.1α (degree) 15.4 Inclination of diagonal bars,Calculated Avd (in2) 3.1 Avd=Vn/(2fysin(α))Choose 6 #7 in one diagonal core At least 4 longitudinal bars needed, per ACI 21.7.7.4Actual Avd (in2) 3.6 Actual capacity (kips) 115 Actual shear stress=2.4root(fc
')ρ (steel ratio) 1.2% 1%<r<6%, per ACI 21.4.3.1
Check Diagonal Section Dimension Transverse Dimension
Min clear distance of bars (in) 1.5 Greater(1.5,1.5db),db=diameter of #7,per ACI 7.6.3Actual clear distance (in) 3.7 (bx-2dt-3db)/2,dt =diameter of core transverseChecking result OK
Vertical Dimension Min clear distance of bars (in) 1.5 Max(1.5,1.5db),db=diameter of #7 per ACI 7.6.3Actual clear distance (in) 3.3 dx-2dt-2db, Checking result OK
Development Length Per ACI 21.7.7.4ld (in)--Required 34 Per ACI 12.2.2Actual ld (in) 35
Diagonal Transverse Reinforcement nsh 3 Number of transverse legshx (in) 5.25 c-c space between legs in core width directionsx (in) 6 sx=4+(14-hx)/3,4<sx<6,per ACI 21.4.4.2Max allowed s(in)--c-c space of transverse 5 Lesser (bw/4, 6db,sx), per ACI 21.4.4.2Actual s (in) 4 Ag (in2)--gross area of diagonal core 126 (dx+2×1.5) × (bx+2×1.5), Coverage is 1.5in Ach (in2)--out to out cross section 66 bx×dx
hc (in)--c-c height between transverse 5.5 dx-dtAsh (in2)--Required 0.6 Ash=0.3s×hc×fc'/fyh× [(Ag/Ach)-1], per ACI Eq. 21-3 0.2 Ash=0.09×s×hc×fc
'/fyh, per ACI Eq. 21-4Actual Ash (in2) 0.6 3 #4 legsChoose 3 legs of #4@4
Distribution Reinforcement Horizontal Steel
Max s (in)--c-c space between horizontal steels 6 Lesser (h/5,12 ), per ACI 11.8.5Actual s (in) 6 Required Ahh (in2) 0.2 Ahh=0.0015bw×s
Choose #4@5 in the side faces and #[email protected] in the top/bottom faces
Distance between horizontal steels is adjusted tofit the dimension of the beam face
Actual Avh (in2) 0.4 2 legs of #4Vertical Steel
Max s (in)--c-c space between horizontal steels 6 Lesser (h/5,12 ), per ACI 11.8.4Actual s (in) 6 Required Avh (in2) 0.3 Avh=0.025bw×sChoose #4@6 Actual Avh (in2) 0.4 2 legs of #4
Appendix C Wall Design Calculations
Notations:
A : Area
cvA : Section gross area
shA : Area of transverse reinforcement
xA : Torsion amplification factor in the X direction
xavgA : Average value of of all levels xA
yA : Torsion amplification factor in the Y direction
yavgA : Average value of of all levels yA
: Section thickness b
: Base shear amplification factor bC
: Vertical distribution factor in the X direction vxC
: Vertical distribution factor in the Y direction vyC
: Accumulated dead load corresponding to dead loads at that story and above D
: Dead load of story i iD
'cf : Concrete compression strength
: Transverse steel yield strength yhf
: Lateral loads in the X direction xF
: Lateral loads in the Y direction yF
: Center to center distance between two transverse reinforcement bars located
at the edge of the section
ch
C-1
L : Accumulated live load corresponding to live loads at that story and above
: Live load of the story i iL
: Wall length wL
taxM : Accidental torsion associated with the X direction lateral loads
: Accidental torsion associated with the Y direction lateral loads tayM
OTM: Overturning moment
: Uniformly distributed live load Lp
: Uniformly distributed dead load, accounting for weight of the slab, column,
partition, and cladding
Dp
s : Vertical space between transverse steel bars or distributed steel bars
DSS : Design spectral response acceleration at short period
: Base shear from ELF bV
strV : Story Shear
wV : Shear on the wall sub-section
'wV : modified by the factor of 10/ wV wl
yV : Base shear of each mode in the Y direction calculated by modal response
spectrum analysis
W : Total weight of the building
iW : Level i weight
: Concrete core weight, including one C-shaped wall section and one beam cW
yW : Effective weight of each mode in the Y direction
C-2
cα : Factor in calculating nV
xγ : Ratio of to in the X direction 'wV strV
maxxγ : Maximum xγ
yγ : Ratio of to in the Y direction 'wV strV
maxyγ : Maximum yγ
xavgδ : SRSS of average displacements of all considered modes in the X direction
maxxδ : SRSS of maximum displacements of all considered modes in the X
direction
yavgδ : SRSS of average displacements of all considered modes in the Y direction
maxyδ : SRSS of maximum displacements of all considered modes in the Y
direction
φ : Strength reduction factor
iφ : Shape factor of level i
ρ : Longitudinal reinforcement ratio
nρ : Horizontal reinforcement ratio
vρ : Vertical reinforcement ratio
xρ : Redundancy factor in the X direction
yρ : Redundancy factor in the Y direction
C-3
Table C.1.1 Lateral Loads and Their Effects for Mode 1 in the X Direction
Lateral Load Calculations Load Effects
Story Story Weight
wi (kips) Mode Shape
φi
Vertical Distribution Factor, Cvx
Lateral Load,Fx (kips)
AccidentalTorsion
M
Overturning Moment,
OTM tax (k-ft) (k-ft)
Story Shear Vstr
(kips)
15 1350 0.063 0.114 127.0 634.8 1164 12714 1541 0.059 0.123 136.1 680.6 3577 26313 1541 0.055 0.114 127.0 634.8 7154 39012 1541 0.051 0.106 117.4 586.8 11807 50711 1541 0.046 0.097 107.3 536.7 17444 61510 1541 0.042 0.087 96.9 484.7 23970 712
9 1541 0.037 0.078 86.2 431.2 31287 7988 1541 0.033 0.068 75.3 376.6 39295 8737 1541 0.028 0.058 64.3 321.7 47893 9386 1541 0.023 0.048 53.4 267.1 56981 9915 1541 0.019 0.038 42.7 213.7 66461 10344 1541 0.014 0.029 32.5 162.5 76239 10663 1541 0.010 0.021 22.9 114.4 86226 10892 1541 0.006 0.013 14.2 71.0 96344 11031 1604 0.003 0.006 7.0 35.2 109858 1110
Table C.1.2 Lateral Loads and Their Effects for Mode 2 in the X Direction Lateral Load Calculations Load Effects
Story Story Weight wi (kips)
Mode Shape φi
Vertical Distribution Factor, Cvx
Lateral Load,Fx (kips)
AccidentalTorsion,
M
Overturning Moment,
OTM tax (k-ft) (k-ft)
Story Shear Vstr,
(kips)
15 1350 0.059 -0.225 -145.2 -726.0 -1332 -14514 1541 0.045 -0.195 -125.7 -628.6 -3816 -27113 1541 0.029 -0.128 -82.3 -411.4 -7055 -35312 1541 0.013 -0.057 -36.6 -183.2 -10629 -39011 1541 -0.003 0.014 9.0 44.9 -14122 -38110 1541 -0.018 0.080 51.8 259.0 -17139 -329
9 1541 -0.032 0.138 89.0 445.2 -19340 -2408 1541 -0.042 0.183 118.1 590.7 -20458 -1227 1541 -0.049 0.213 137.1 685.4 -20319 156 1541 -0.051 0.224 144.7 723.6 -18852 1605 1541 -0.050 0.218 140.8 703.8 -16095 3014 1541 -0.045 0.195 126.0 630.1 -12182 4273 1541 -0.036 0.159 102.4 511.8 -7331 5292 1541 -0.026 0.113 72.7 363.7 -1812 6021 1604 -0.015 0.067 43.0 215.0 6035 645
C-4
Table C.1.3 SRSS of Load Effects in the X Direction SRSS of Load Effects from Table
C.1.1&C.1.2 SRSS Results Multiplied by CbStory OTM
(k-ft) Story Shear Vstr
(kips) OTM (k-ft)
Story Shear Vstr (kips)
15 1769 193 3060 335 14 5230 379 9048 655 13 10047 528 17381 913 12 15886 641 27484 1110 11 22444 725 38828 1254 10 29468 786 50979 1360
9 36783 835 63634 1445 8 44302 884 76642 1529 7 52025 940 90003 1626 6 60019 1006 103833 1741 5 68382 1079 118301 1867 4 77206 1151 133566 1992 3 86537 1214 149710 2100 2 96361 1260 166705 2180 1 110023 1287 190340 2227
Notation: See Table 3.2 for Cb value
Table C.2.1 Modal Mass Participation in the Y Direction Mode 1 Mode 2 Total
Modal Mass (kips) yW 15984 4973 Building Total Mass W (kips) 22987 22987 Mass Participation = /W yW 70% 22%
92%
Table C.2.2 Base Shear Amplification Factor for the Y Direction bC
Mode 1 Mode 2 Vy (kips) 1190 829Vt SRSS of both Vy (kips) 14500.85Vb from ELF (kips) 2227Cb =0.85Vb/Vt 1.54
C-5
Table C.3.1 Lateral Loads and Their Effects for Mode 1 in the Y Direction
Lateral Load Calculations Load Effects
Story Story Weight wi (kips)
Mode Shape φi
Vertical Distribution Factor, Cvy
Lateral Load,Fy
(kips)
AccidentalTorsion,
M
Overturning Moment,
OTM tay (k-ft) (k-ft)
Story Shear, Vstr
(kips)
15 1350 0.067 0.127 151.0 755.0 1385 15114 1541 0.062 0.133 158.5 792.6 4223 31013 1541 0.056 0.121 144.6 722.9 8387 45412 1541 0.051 0.110 130.6 653.0 13749 58511 1541 0.045 0.098 116.6 583.2 20180 70110 1541 0.040 0.086 102.8 514.0 27554 804
9 1541 0.035 0.075 89.2 445.9 35746 8938 1541 0.029 0.064 75.9 379.5 44634 9697 1541 0.025 0.053 63.1 315.7 54100 10326 1541 0.020 0.043 51.0 255.0 64034 10835 1541 0.015 0.033 39.7 198.3 74333 11234 1541 0.011 0.025 29.3 146.5 84899 11523 1541 0.008 0.017 20.1 100.3 95650 11722 1541 0.005 0.010 12.1 60.5 106511 11841 1604 0.002 0.005 5.9 29.3 120998 1190
Table C.3.2 Lateral Loads and Their Effects for Mode 2 in the Y Direction
Lateral Load Calculations Load Effects
Story Story Weight wi (kips)
Mode Shape φi
Vertical Distribution Factor, Cvy
Lateral Load,Fy
(kips)
AccidentalTorsion,
M
Overturning Moment,
OTM tay (k-ft) (k-ft)
Story Shear, Vstr
(kips)
15 1350 0.058 -0.196 -162.4 -811.8 -1489 -16214 1541 0.041 -0.161 -133.5 -667.6 -4202 -29613 1541 0.025 -0.096 -79.6 -397.8 -7645 -37512 1541 0.008 -0.031 -25.6 -128.1 -11323 -40111 1541 -0.008 0.031 25.7 128.5 -14765 -37510 1541 -0.022 0.087 71.8 358.9 -17549 -304
9 1541 -0.034 0.133 110.1 550.7 -19323 -1938 1541 -0.043 0.167 138.8 694.2 -19824 -557 1541 -0.049 0.189 156.5 782.3 -18889 1026 1541 -0.050 0.196 162.5 812.4 -16466 2645 1541 -0.049 0.190 157.1 785.7 -12601 4214 1541 -0.044 0.171 141.6 708.1 -7437 5633 1541 -0.037 0.142 117.9 589.4 -1192 6812 1541 -0.028 0.107 88.6 443.2 5865 7701 1604 -0.018 0.071 59.3 296.3 15953 829
C-6
Table C.3.3 SRSS of Load Effects in the Y Direction
SRSS of Load Effects from Table C.3.1&C.3.2 SRSS Results Multiplied by Cb
Story OTM (k-ft)
Story Shear Vstr (kips)
OTM (k-ft)
Story Shear Vstr (kips)
15 2033 222 3122 340 14 5957 428 9147 657 13 11349 589 17424 905 12 17811 709 27346 1089 11 25005 795 38391 1221 10 32668 860 50156 1320
9 40634 914 62387 1403 8 48838 971 74983 1490 7 57303 1037 87980 1593 6 66118 1115 101513 1712 5 75393 1200 115754 1842 4 85224 1283 130849 1969 3 95657 1356 146867 2082 2 106673 1413 163779 2169 1 122045 1450 187380 2227
Notation: See Table C.2.2 for Cb value
Table C.4 Dead and Live Loads for Wall Pier Design
Story Tributary Area, A
(ft2)
Distributed Dead Load,
pD (psf)
Distributed Live Load,
pL (psf)
Core Weight,
Wc (kips)
Dead Load at Each Story,
Di=pDA+Wc(kips)
Live Load at Each Story,
Li=pLA (kips)
Total L=ΣLi (kips)
Total D=ΣDi (kips)
15 914 133 50 107 229 46 46 22914 914 133 50 107 229 46 91 45713 914 133 50 107 229 46 137 68612 914 133 50 107 229 46 183 91411 914 133 50 107 229 46 229 114310 914 133 50 107 229 46 274 1371
9 914 133 50 107 229 46 320 16008 914 133 50 107 229 46 366 18287 914 133 50 107 229 46 411 20576 914 133 50 107 229 46 457 22865 914 133 50 107 229 46 503 25144 914 133 50 107 229 46 548 27433 914 133 50 107 229 46 594 29712 914 133 50 107 229 46 640 32001 914 138 50 141 267 46 686 3467
C-7
Table C.5.1 Redundancy Factor for the X Direction
Story
Shear on Wall Component P201,
Vw (kips)
Wall Length, Lw (ft)V’
w = Vw10/Lw (kips)
Story Shear,Vstr(kips) γx= V’
w /Vstr
15 122 10 122 334 0.3714 239 10 239 653 0.3713 333 10 333 910 0.3712 404 10 404 1107 0.3711 457 10 457 1251 0.3710 496 10 496 1356 0.37
9 527 10 527 1442 0.378 557 10 557 1525 0.377 593 10 593 1622 0.376 635 10 635 1737 0.375 681 10 681 1863 0.374 726 10 726 1987 0.373 765 10 765 2095 0.372 794 10 794 2174 0.371 812 10 812 2221 0.37
γxmax 0.37 ρx=2-20/(γxmax100) 1.45
Table C.5.2 Torsion Amplification Factor for the X Direction
Story δxavg (ft)
δxmax (ft)
Amplification Factor Ax=(δxmax/1.2δxavg)2
15 0.3214 0.3656 1.0014 0.2997 0.3425 1.0013 0.2772 0.3185 1.0012 0.2538 0.2933 1.0011 0.2298 0.2669 1.0010 0.2052 0.2396 1.00
9 0.1804 0.2120 1.008 0.1556 0.1841 1.007 0.1311 0.1563 1.006 0.1071 0.1288 1.005 0.0840 0.1021 1.034 0.0621 0.0764 1.053 0.0420 0.0525 1.092 0.0244 0.0313 1.141 0.0104 0.0140 1.25
Axavg 1.04
C-8
Table C.6.1 Redundancy Factor for the Y Direction
Story
Shear on Wall Component P203,
Vw (kips)
Wall Length, Lw
(ft) V’
w=Vw10/Lw (kips)
Story Shear, Vstr (kips) γy= V’
w /Vstr
15 238 25 95 341 0.2814 459 25 184 658 0.2813 632 25 253 905 0.2812 761 25 304 1089 0.2811 853 25 341 1222 0.2810 922 25 369 1320 0.28
9 980 25 392 1404 0.288 1041 25 417 1491 0.287 1113 25 445 1593 0.286 1196 25 478 1713 0.285 1287 25 515 1842 0.284 1376 25 550 1970 0.283 1454 25 582 2082 0.282 1515 25 606 2170 0.281 1556 25 622 2228 0.28
γymax 0.28 ρy=2-20/(γymax100) 1.29
Table C.6.2 Torsion Amplification Factor for the Y Direction
Story δyavg
(ft) δymax (ft)
Amplification Factor Ay=(δymax/1.2δyavg)2
15 0.2238 0.2612 1.0014 0.2055 0.2417 1.0013 0.1871 0.2219 1.0012 0.1687 0.2018 1.0011 0.1503 0.1815 1.0110 0.1322 0.1612 1.03
9 0.1144 0.1410 1.068 0.0971 0.1211 1.087 0.0806 0.1018 1.116 0.0650 0.0832 1.145 0.0505 0.0656 1.174 0.0373 0.0495 1.223 0.0256 0.0350 1.302 0.0155 0.0223 1.441 0.0073 0.0116 1.77
Ayavg 1.15
C-9
C-10
Table C.7.1 Boundary Element Design for Group I Boundary Element at Flange End
Transverse Steel Perpendicular to X hc(in) C-C distance of two transverse steels at the edge of confined area
s(in) 5 Vertical spacing per ACI 21.4.4.2
Min Ash(in2) 1.6 0.09shcfc'/fyh per ACI 21.4.4.1(b)
Actual Ash(in2) 3.0 Choose 5 Legs of No. 7 @5
Check max distance (c-c) between legs (in) 13
Distance OK or Not OK Less than 14 inches is OK per ACI 21.4.4.3Transverse Steel Perpendicular to Y
hc(in) 17 C-C distance of two transverse steels at the edge of confined area
s(in) 5 Vertical spacing per ACI 21.4.4.2
Min Ash(in2) 0.8 0.09shcfc'/fyh per ACI 21.4.4.1(b)
Actual Ash(in2) 1.8 Choose 3 Legs of No. 7@5
Check max distance (c-c) between legs (in) 9.5
Distance OK or Not OK Less than 14 inches is OK per ACI 21.4.4.3Boundary Element at Intersection Extending into Flange
Transverse Steel Perpendicular to X
hc(in) 27
s(in) 5 Vertical spacing per ACI 21.4.4.2
Min Ash(in2) 1.2 0.09shcfc'/fyh per ACI 21.4.4.1(b)
Actual Ash(in2) 2.4 Choose 4 Legs of No. 7@5
Check max distance (c-c) between legs (in) 13
Distance OK or Not OK Less than 14 inches is OK per ACI 21.4.4.3Transverse Steel Perpendicular to Y
hc(in) 17
s(in) 5 Vertical spacing per ACI 21.4.4.2
Min Ash(in2) 0.8 0.09shcfc'/fyh per ACI 21.4.4.1(b)
Actual Ash(in2) 1.8 Choose 3 Legs of No. 7@5
Check max distance (c-c) between legs (in) 9.5
Distance OK or Not OK Less than 14 inches is OK per ACI 21.4.4.3Boundary Element at Intersection Extending into Web
Transverse Steel Perpendicular to X
hc(in) 17
s(in) 5 Vertical spacing per ACI 21.4.4.2
Min Ash(in2) 0.8 0.09shcfc'/fyh per ACI 21.4.4.1(b)
Actual Ash(in2) 1.8 Choose 3 Legs of No. 7@5
Check max distance (c-c) between legs (in) 9.5
Distance OK or Not OK Less than 14 inches is OK per ACI 21.4.4.3Transverse Steel Perpendicular to Y
hc(in) 71
s(in) 5 Vertical spacing per ACI 21.4.4.2
Min Ash(in2) 3.2 0.09shcfc'/fyh per ACI 21.4.4.1(b)
Actual Ash(in2) 4.2 Choose 7 Legs of No. 7@5
Check max distance (c-c) between legs (in) 13
Distance OK or Not OK Less than 14 inches is OK per ACI 21.4.4.3
C-11
Table C.7.2 Boundary Element Design for Group II Boundary Element at Flange End
Transverse Steel Perpendicular to X
hc(in) 13 C-C distance of two transverse steels at the edge of confined area
s(in) 5 Vertical spacing per ACI 21.4.4.2
Min Ash(in2) 0.6 0.09shcfc'/fyh per ACI 21.4.4.1(b)
Actual Ash(in2) 1.2 Choose 2 Legs of No. 7 @5
Check max distance (c-c) between legs (in) 13
Distance OK or Not OK Less than 14 inches is OK per ACI 21.4.4.3Transverse Steel Perpendicular to Y
hc(in) 17 C-C distance of two transverse steels at the edge of confined area
s(in) 5 Vertical spacing per ACI 21.4.4.2
Min Ash(in2) 0.8 0.09shcfc'/fyh per ACI 21.4.4.1(b)
Actual Ash(in2) 1.8 Choose 3 Legs of No. 7@5
Check max distance (c-c) between legs (in) 9.5 Distance OK or Not OK Less than 14 inches is OK per ACI 21.4.4.3
Boundary Element at Intersection Extending into Flange Transverse Steel Perpendicular to X
hc(in) 27
s(in) 5 Vertical spacing per ACI 21.4.4.2
Min Ash(in2) 1.2 0.09shcfc'/fyh per ACI 21.4.4.1(b)
Actual Ash(in2) 2.4 Choose 4 Legs of No. 7@5
Check max distance (c-c) between legs (in) 13
Distance OK or Not OK Less than 14 inches is OK per ACI 21.4.4.3Transverse Steel Perpendicular to Y
hc(in) 17
s(in) 5 Vertical spacing per ACI 21.4.4.2
Min Ash(in2) 0.8 0.09shcfc'/fyh per ACI 21.4.4.1(b)
Actual Ash(in2) 1.8 Choose 3 Legs of No. 7@5
Check max distance (c-c) between legs (in) 9.5
Distance OK or Not OK Less than 14 inches is OK per ACI 21.4.4.3Boundary Element at Intersection Extending into Web
Transverse Steel Perpendicular to X
hc(in) 17
s(in) 5 Vertical spacing per ACI 21.4.4.2
Min Ash(in2) 0.8 0.09shcfc'/fyh per ACI 21.4.4.1(b)
Actual Ash(in2) 1.8 Choose 3 Legs of No. 7@5
Check max distance (c-c) between legs (in) 9.5
Distance OK or Not OK Less than 14 inches is OK per ACI 21.4.4.3Transverse Steel Perpendicular to Y
hc(in) 60
s(in) 5 Vertical spacing per ACI 21.4.4.2
Min Ash(in2) 2.7 0.09shcfc'/fyh per ACI 21.4.4.1(b)
Actual Ash(in2) 3.0 Choose 5 Legs of No. 7@5
Check max distance (c-c) between legs (in) 13
Distance OK or Not OK Less than 14 inches is OK per ACI 21.4.4.3
C-12
Table C.7.3 Boundary Element Design for Group III Boundary Element at Flange End
ρ 2.8% Actual longitudinal steel ratio
400/fy 0.7% Minimum steel ratio as checking limit
Check 21.7.6.5 Yes If ρ>400/fy, check ACI 21.7.6.5
Check Transverse Bars Perpendicular to X
Using 2 No 7 Legs@8 Vertical spacing s=8 inches per ACI 21.7.6.5
Check max distance (c-c) between legs (in) 13
Distance OK or Not OK Less than 14 inches is OK per ACI 21.4.4.3
Check Transverse Bars Perpendicular to Y
Using 3 No 7 Legs@8 Vertical spacing s=8 inches per ACI 21.7.6.5Check max distance (c-c) between legs (in) 9.5 Distance OK or Not OK Less than 14 inches is OK per ACI 21.4.4.3
Boundary Element at Intersection Extending into Flange
ρ 4.3% Actual longitudinal steel ratio
400/fy 0.7% Minimum steel ratio as checking limit
Check 21.7.6.5 Yes If ρ>400/fy, check ACI 21.7.6.5
Check Transverse Bars Perpendicular to X
Using 4 No 7 Legs@8 Vertical spacing s=8 inches per ACI 21.7.6.5Check max distance (c-c) between legs (in) 13 Distance OK or Not OK Less than 14 inches is OK per ACI 21.4.4.3
Check Transverse Bars Perpendicular to Y
Using 3 No 7 Legs@8 Vertical spacing s=8 inches per ACI 21.7.6.5
Check max distance (c-c) between legs (in) 9.5
Distance OK or Not OK Less than 14 inches is OK per ACI 21.4.4.3
Boundary Element at Intersection Extending into Web
ρ 5.2% Actual longitudinal steel ratio
400/fy 0.7% Minimum steel ratio as checking limit
Check 21.7.6.5 Yes If ρ>400/fy, check ACI 21.7.6.5
Check Transverse Legs Perpendicular to X
Using 3 No 7 Legs@8 Vertical spacing s=8 inches per ACI 21.7.6.5
Check max distance (c-c) between legs (in) 9.5
Distance OK or not OK Less than 14 inches is OK per ACI 21.4.4.3
Check Transverse Legs Perpendicular to Y
Using 5 No 7 Legs@8 Vertical spacing s=8 inches per ACI 21.7.6.5Check max distance (c-c) between legs (in) 13 Distance OK or Not OK Less than 14 inches is OK per ACI 21.4.4.3
C-13
Table C.8.1 Shear Design for Group I Flange P101, P102, P201, P202
Dimensions and Factors b (in) 20 Thickness
lw (in) 130 Flange length
Section Dimension Check
Acv (in2) 2600 b× lw
Root (fc’)Acv (kips) 201
Vu (kips) 1591 Design Shear value from Table 4.7.1
ρn,ρv low limit 0.0025 If(Vu>root(fc’)Acv) per ACI 21.7.2.1
Shear Strength
αc 2 Per ACI 21.7.4.1
ρn 0.0075 Eq (21-7) per ACI 21.7.4.1
Final ρn,ρv 0.0075 Shall be greater than 0.0025, the low limit
Select 2 Layers of No. 7 @8 for Vertical and Horizontal Steel s=8 less than the max allowable spacing 18 inches
Actual ρn,ρv 0.0075
Check Shear Strength Up limit Per ACI 21.7.4.4
Vn(kips) 1963 Eq 21-7 per ACI 21.7.4.1
10root(fc')Acv 2014 Up limit value per ACI 21.7.4.4
Checking OK If Vn <10root(fc')Acv, OK
Web P103, P203
Dimension and Factors b (in) 20 Thickness
lw (in) 320 Web length
Section Dimension Check
Acv (in2) 6400 b× lw
Root(fc')Acv (kips) 496
Vu (kips) 2951 Design Shear value from Table 4.7.2
ρn,ρv low limit 0.0025 If(Vu>root(fc’)Acv) per ACI 21.7.2.1
Shear Strength
αc 2 Per ACI 21.7.4.1
ρn 0.0051 Eq 21-7 per ACI 21.7.4.1
Final ρn,ρv 0.0051 Shall be greater than 0.0025, the low limit
Select 2 Layers of No. 7 @10 for Vertical and Horizontal Steel s=10 less than the max allowable spacing 18 inches
Actual ρn,ρv 0.006
Check Shear Strength Up limit Per ACI 21.7.4.4
Vn(kips) 3295 Eq 21-7 per ACI 21.7.4.1
10root(fc')Acv 4957 Up limit value per ACI 21.7.4.4
Checking OK If Vn <10root(fc')Acv, OK
C-14
Table C.8.2 Shear Reinforcement Design for Group II
Flange P101, P102, P202, P202
Dimensions and Factors
b (in) 20 Thickness
lw (in) 130 Flange length
Section Dimension Check
Acv (in2) 2600 b× lw
Root(fc’)Acv (kips) 201
Vu (kips) 1423 Design Shear value from Table 4.7.1
ρn,ρv low limit 0.0025 If(Vu>root(fc’)Acv) per ACI 21.7.2.1
Shear Strength
αc 2 Per ACI 21.7.4.1
ρn 0.0065 Eq (21-7) per ACI 21.7.4.1
Final ρn,ρv 0.0065 Shall be greater than 0.0025, the low limit
Select 2 Layers of No. 7 @8 for Vertical and Horizontal Steel s=8 less than the max allowable spacing 18 inches
Actual ρn,ρv 0.0075
Check Shear Strength Up limit Per ACI 21.7.4.4
Vn(kips) 1573 Eq 21-7 per ACI 21.7.4.1
10root(fc')Acv 2014 Up limit value per ACI 21.7.4.4
Checking OK If Vn <10root(fc')Acv, OK
Web P103, P203
Dimension and Factors
b (in) 20 Thickness
lw (in) 320 Web length
Section Dimension Check
Acv (in2) 6400 b× lw
Root(fc')Acv (kips) 496
Vu (kips) 2612 Design Shear value from Table 4.7.2
ρn,ρv low limit 0.0025 If(Vu>root(fc’)Acv) per ACI 21.7.2.1
Shear Strength
αc 2 Per ACI 21.7.4.1
ρn 0.0042 Eq 21-7 per ACI 21.7.4.1
Final ρn,ρv 0.0042 Shall be greater than 0.0025, the low limit
Select 2 Layers of No. 7 @10 for Vertical and Horizontal Steel s=10 less than the max allowable spacing 18 inches
Actual ρn,ρv 0.006
Check Shear Strength Up limit Per ACI 21.7.4.4
Vn(kips) 3295 Eq 21-7 per ACI 21.7.4.1
10root(fc')Acv 4957 Up limit value per ACI 21.7.4.4
Checking OK If Vn <10root(fc')Acv, OK
C-15
Table C.8.3 Shear Reinforcement Design for Group III Flange P101, P102, P202, P202
Dimensions and Factors
b (in) 20 Thickness
lw (in) 130 Flange length
Section Dimension Check
Acv (in2) 2600 b× lw
Root(fc’)Acv (kips) 201
Vu (kips) 1093 Design Shear value from Table 4.7.1
ρn,ρv low limit 0.0025 If(Vu>root(fc’)Acv) per ACI 21.7.2.1
Shear Strength
αc 2 Per ACI 21.7.4.1
ρn 0.0044 Eq (21-7) per ACI 21.7.4.1
Final ρn,ρv 0.0044 Shall be greater than 0.0025, the low limit
Select 2 Layers of No. 7 @12 for Vertical and Horizontal Steel s=12 less than the max allowable spacing 18 inches
Actual ρn,ρv 0.005
Check Shear Strength Up limit Per ACI 21.7.4.4
Vn(kips) 1183 Eq 21-7 per ACI 21.7.4.1
10root(fc')Acv 2014 Up limit value per ACI 21.7.4.4
Checking OK If Vn <10root(fc')Acv, OK
Web P103, P203
Dimension and Factors
b (in) 20 Thickness
lw (in) 320 Web length
Section Dimension Check
Acv (in2) 6400 b× lw
Root(fc')Acv (kips) 496
Vu (kips) 1980 Design Shear value from Table 4.7.2
ρn,ρv low limit 0.0025 If(Vu>root(fc’)Acv) per ACI 21.7.2.1
Shear Strength
αc 2 Per ACI 21.7.4.1
ρn 0.0026 Eq 21-7 per ACI 21.7.4.1
Final ρn,ρv 0.0026 Shall be greater than 0.0025, the low limit
Select 2 Layers of No. 7 @18 for Vertical and Horizontal Steel s=18 equal to the max allowable spacing 18 inches
Actual ρn,ρv 0.0033
Check Shear Strength Up limit Per ACI 21.7.4.4
Vn(kips) 2271 Eq 21-7 per ACI 21.7.4.1
10root(fc')Acv 4957 Up limit value per ACI 21.7.4.4
Checking OK If Vn <10root(fc')Acv, OK
-100000
0
100000
-250000 0
-60000
0
60000
-150000 0 150000
Notation: The capacity curves were generated by XTRACT. The difference between the curvesame diagram is due to the difference of axial loads at difference levels.
Fig. C.1.1 Biaxial Bending Capacity Check for Wall Group I
-120000
0
120000
-400000 0
)
My (k-ft)
-120000
0
120000 My (k-ft)
Mx (k-ft) -600000 0 600000
Lv 2 Demand
Lv 1 Demand
Lv 3 Demand Lv
LvCurves from outside to inside represent the capacities of Lv 1, Lv 2 and Lv 3
Curves from outside to inside represent the capacities of Lv 1, Lv 2 and Lv 3
Lv 1
1.0X+0.3Y Combination in Compression 0.3X+1.0Y Combination in Co
Curves from outside to inside represent the capacities of Lv 3, Lv 2 and Lv 1
Mx (k-ft)
My (k-ft)
d
d
My (k-ft)
Curves inside recapacitiand Lv 3
1.0X+0.3Y Combination in Tension 0.3X+1.0Y Combination i
C-16
Mx (k-ft
s in
400000
3 Demand
2 Demand
Demand
mpression
)
dd
frompres
es of
n Te
Mx (k-ft
Lv 3 Deman
Lv 3 Demand
Lv 2 DemandLv 2 DemanLv
Lv 1 Deman
1 Deman
250000
the
outside to ent the Lv 1, Lv 2
nsion
Curves from outside to inside represent the capacities of Lv 4, Lv 5, Lv 6, Lv 7
-120000
0
120000
-300000 0 300000
My (k-ft)
d
d
d
-120000
0
120000
-300000 0 300000
Mx (k-ft)
d
dd
d
Curves from outside to inside represent the capacities of Lv 4, Lv 5, Lv 6, Lv 7
Mx (k-ft)
My (k-ft)
d 1.0X+0.3Y Combination in Compression 0.3X+1.0Y Combination in Compression
-60000
0
60000
-120000 0 120000
My (k-ft)
-90000
0
90000
-180000 0
dd
Mx (k-ft)
Curves from outside to inside represent the capacities of Lv 4, Lv 5, Lv 6, Lv 7
My (k-ft)
)
Curves from outside to inside represent the capacities of Lv 7, Lv 6, Lv 5, Lv 4 d
d 1.0X+0.3Y Combination in Tension 0.3X+1.0Y Combination in Tensi Notation: The capacity curves were generated by XTRACT. The difference between the curves in the same diagram is due to the difference of axial loads at difference levels.
Fig. C.1.2 Biaxial Bending Capacity Check for Wall Group II
C-17
Mx (k-ft
Lv 5 Deman
Lv 5 Deman
180000
d
Lv 5 Deman Lv 5 DemanLv 6 Deman
Lv 6 Deman
Lv 6 Demand
Lv 6 DemanLv 7 Deman
Lv 7 Deman
Lv 7 Deman
Lv 7 DemanLv 4 Deman
Lv 4 Deman
Lv 4 Demand
Lv 4 Demandon
-90000
0
90000
-180000 0 180000
Curves from outside to inside represent the capacities of Lv 8, Lv9, Lv 10, Lv 11
Mx (k-ft)
My (k-ft)
d
0
70000
-180000 0 180000
dd
Curves from outside to
My (k-ft)
Mx (k-ft)
1.0X+0.3Y Combination in C My (k-ft)
-50000
0
50000
-80000 0
Curves from outside to inside represent the capacities of Lv 11, Lv10, Lv 9, Lv 8
1.0X+0.3Y Combination
Notation: The capacity curves were genesame diagram is due to the difference of Fig. C.1.3 Biaxial Bending Capa
Lv 9 Deman
d -70000inside represent thecapacities of Lv 8, Lv9, Lv 10, Lv 11
ompression 0.3X+1.0Y Combinatio
80000
-50000
0
50000
-120000 0
Mx (k-ft)
in Tension
d
Curves from outside to inside represent the capacities of Lv 8, Lv9, Lv 10, Lv 11
0.3X+1.0Y Combi
My (k-
rated by XTRACT. The difference between the caxial loads at difference levels.
city Check for First Four Levels in WIII
C-18
Lv 9 Demand
dn in Compression
120000
d
d
Mx (k-ft)
nation
ft)
urves i
all G
Lv 9 Deman
Lv 9 DemandLv 10 DemandLv 11 De
Lv 10 DemanLv 11 De
Lv 10 Demand
Lv 10 Demand
Lv 8 Deman
Lv 8 DemanLv 8 Deman
in
n th
ro
Lv 8 Deman
man
Lv 11 Demand
Lv 11 Demandmand
Tension
e
up
-70000
0
70000
150000 1500000
Mx (k-ft)
My (k-ft)
Lv 13 Demand -50000
0
50000
-120000 0
Curves from outside to inside represent the capacities of Lv 12, Lv13, Lv 14, Lv 15
My (k-ft)
)-
Curves from outside to inside represent the capacities of Lv 12, Lv13, Lv 14, Lv 15
1.0X+0.3Y Combination in Compression 0.3X+1.0Y Combination in Compr
-
Curves from outside to inside represent the capacities of Lv 15, Lv14, Lv 13, Lv 12
40000
0
40000
-100000 100000
d
My (k-ft)
0
Mx (k-ft)
Lv 14 Demand
My (k-ft)
-50000
0
50000
-100000 0
Curves from outside to inside represent the capacities of Lv 12, Lv13, Lv 14, Lv 15
Lv 14 Dem
1.0X+0.3Y Combination in Tension 0.3X+1.0Y Combination in Tensio Notation: The capacity curves were generated by XTRACT. The difference between the curves in the same diagram is due to the difference of axial loads at difference levels. Fig. C.1.3 (Continued) Biaxial Bending Capacity Check for Last Four Levels in
Wall Group III
C-19
Mx (k-ft
120000
d
Lv 14 Demand d Lv 14 DemanLv 15 Demand
Lv 15 Demanand
ession
100000
Mx (k-ft)
and
d
Lv 15 Deman
Lv 15 DemandLv 12 Demand
Lv 13 DemLv 12 Demand
Lv 12 Demand
Lv 12 Deman Lv 13 Demand Lv 13 Demandn
Appendix D Calculated Wall Pier Parameters from XTRACT for RUAUMOKO Modeling
D-1
D-2
D-3
D-4
D-5
D-6
D-7
D-8
D-9
D-10